WO2023179262A1 - Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system - Google Patents

Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023179262A1
WO2023179262A1 PCT/CN2023/076905 CN2023076905W WO2023179262A1 WO 2023179262 A1 WO2023179262 A1 WO 2023179262A1 CN 2023076905 W CN2023076905 W CN 2023076905W WO 2023179262 A1 WO2023179262 A1 WO 2023179262A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
entity
tac
mobile relay
cell
access network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/076905
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
朱方园
李岩
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023179262A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023179262A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/185Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
    • H04B7/18502Airborne stations
    • H04B7/18504Aircraft used as relay or high altitude atmospheric platform
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/185Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/18Network planning tools
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/00835Determination of neighbour cell lists
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/40Connection management for selective distribution or broadcast
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/08Mobility data transfer
    • H04W8/14Mobility data transfer between corresponding nodes

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system.
  • relay devices In order to improve network capacity and coverage, a relay node that supports wireless backhaul transmission is proposed to implement dense network deployment.
  • Devices that support relay functions are referred to as relay devices (can also be called relays or relay nodes).
  • Relay devices provide similar functions and services to ordinary base stations for terminals accessing their cells. Relay devices and terminals The communication link between them is called the access link.
  • the relay device accesses a base station serving it in a terminal-like manner through a wireless interface.
  • the base station is called a donor base station.
  • the wireless interface link between the relay device and the donor base station is called a backhaul link. road (backhaul link).
  • IAB node In the fifth generation (the fifth generation, 5G) new radio (NR) research, integrated access and backhaul (integrated access and backhaul) that integrates wireless access links and wireless backhaul links are proposed.
  • IAB node The IAB node can access the network through its mobile terminal (MT) function, and then the operations administration and maintenance (OAM) device configures cell information for the IAB node.
  • the cell information can include the IAB node.
  • TAC tracking area code
  • Existing IAB nodes are fixed relay devices on the ground. When a terminal device accesses the fixed IAB node, the network side can determine the location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the IAB node cell currently accessed by the terminal device.
  • a mobile base station relay also known as vehicle mounted relay (VMR)
  • VMR vehicle mounted relay
  • the VMR node can be configured in the vehicle and can move with the vehicle.
  • the VMR can be in the vehicle Or the terminal equipment near the vehicle provides services. It can be understood that the VMR node is an IAB node with mobile capabilities.
  • the VMR can also be called a mobile relay.
  • a VMR node can access a base station serving it through a wireless interface in a terminal-like manner.
  • the base station can be called a donor base station.
  • the link between the relay device and the donor base station is The wireless interface link is called the backhaul link.
  • the VMR node can also access the network through its MT function, and then the OAM device configures cell information for the VMR node.
  • This application provides a cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system for configuring cell information for relay equipment with mobile capabilities.
  • this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a relay device with mobile capabilities or a unit, module or chip within the relay device.
  • the relay device with mobility capability is called a mobile relay.
  • Mobile relay includes MT entities and distributed unit (DU) entities.
  • DU distributed unit
  • This application takes the method being executed by the MT entity of the mobile relay as an example for illustration.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the access network device may also be called the host base station of the mobile relay.
  • the method includes:
  • the MT entity receives the first TAC from the access network device.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses.
  • the MT entity sends the first TAC to the DU entity.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the cell that is the DU entity.
  • the TAC of the mobile relay is not determined based on the location information of the mobile relay.
  • the management device configures a fixed TAC for the mobile relay cell, such as TAC#1.
  • the mobile relay is located at the first position, and the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by mobile relay 3 is TAC#1.
  • the TAC of mobile relay 3 does not change, and the broadcast message sent by mobile relay 3
  • the TAC included in is still TAC#1.
  • the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses is always TAC#1. Therefore, even if the mobile relay has moved to the second position, the network side may still think that the mobile relay is at the first position, and then determine that the terminal device accessing the mobile relay is also near the first position. It can be seen that configuring a fixed TAC for the mobile relay will cause the network side to determine incorrect location information for the UE accessing the mobile relay.
  • the network side (such as network element, network side equipment) , device, etc.) can determine the cell of the access network device that the mobile relay is connected to based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device is connected to, and then can more accurately determine the terminal device that is connected to the mobile relay. Current location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the first TAC sent by the MT entity to the DU entity may be carried in the first message.
  • the MT entity sends the first message to the DU entity, and the first message includes the first TAC.
  • the first TAC is used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the DU entity can determine that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity needs to be updated to the first TAC.
  • the MT entity when the MT entity determines that the mobile relay has moved, the MT entity sends the first TAC to the DU entity. Since the MT entity sends the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity after determining that the mobile relay has moved, the DU entity can be caused to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity to the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay after the movement. TAC of the cell, thereby achieving the effect of dynamically configuring TAC for the mobile relay, and then the network side can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device.
  • the MT entity determines that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity, the cell identity, or the identity of the access network device. For example, the MT entity receives a second broadcast message from the second cell of the second access network device. The second broadcast message includes at least one of the third TAC, the identity of the second cell, or the identity of the second access device. . After the MT entity receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity receives the first broadcast message of the first cell of the first access network device, where the first broadcast message includes the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device, the At least one of the identification of a cell or the identification of the first access network device.
  • the MT entity determines that the MT entity moves when it determines that at least one of the following contents is satisfied: the second TAC is different from the third TAC, or the identity of the first cell is different from the identity of the second cell, or, the first The identifier of the access device is different from the identifier of the second access device.
  • the MT entity will receive broadcast messages in different cells, and then the MT entity can determine whether the MT entity has moved based on the information carried in the broadcast message, and then report the location information to the DU entity when it is determined that movement has occurred. .
  • the MT entity in order to compare at least one of the TAC, the cell identity or the identity of the access network device of the MT entity's access cell before and after the mobile relay moves, the MT entity can compare the mobile relay
  • the MT entity stores at least one of the TAC of the access cell, the cell identity, or the identity of the access network device.
  • the MT entity may store the third TAC and the third TAC included in the second broadcast message. At least one of the identity of the second cell or the identity of the second access device.
  • the MT entity determines whether the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device, It can also prevent the MT entity from frequently reporting the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity accesses. For example, the MT entity is always in a mobile state, but it does not mean that the MT entity will report the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity whenever the MT entity moves. Instead, the movement of the mobile device needs to meet the preset movement range before reporting the MT entity to the DU entity. TAC of the accessed cell.
  • the movement of the mobile device satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the MT entity determines that at least one of the TAC, cell identity, and access network equipment of the accessed cell changes, the MT entity may move out of the currently accessed cell. Therefore, the MT entity may At least one of the TAC of the cell where the entity accesses, the cell identity, and the access network equipment that the entity accesses determines that when the MT entity moves, the movement of the MT entity will satisfy the preset movement range to a large extent.
  • the MT entity moves according to the MT At least one of the TAC of the cell to which the entity accesses, the cell identifier, and the access network device to which the entity accesses determines that the MT entity reports the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity accesses when it is determined that the MT entity has moved.
  • a preset movement range can be set.
  • the MT entity determines that the movement of the MT entity satisfies the preset movement range, the MT entity reports location information.
  • the preset mobility range may include at least one of the following: a change in the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity is accessed, a change in the cell identity of the cell to which the MT entity is accessed, or a change in the cell to which the MT entity is accessed. Network equipment has changed.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity changes.
  • the MT entity may send the TAC of the cell that the MT entity accesses to the DU entity.
  • the MT entity may not send the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity changes.
  • the MT entity determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, it is possible that the movement amount of the MT entity is small.
  • the MT entity may be allowed not to send the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity is connected to the DU entity. In this way, the MT entity may be prevented from frequently sending the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity is connected to the DU entity, and signaling consumption may be reduced.
  • the preset movement range includes: the identity of the access network device accessed by the MT entity changes.
  • the MT entity determines that the identity of the access network device has not changed, it is possible that the movement amount of the MT entity is small.
  • the MT entity may be allowed not to send the received data of the MT entity to the DU entity. TAC of the incoming cell. In this way, the MT entity can avoid frequently reporting the location information of the MT entity, and the signaling consumption can be reduced.
  • the MT entity sends first indication information to the management device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell.
  • the management device no longer configures the TAC for the cell of the DU entity, other devices (such as the DU entity) can determine the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. It can also be understood that the MT entity sends the first indication information to the management device, so that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell. This step can lay the foundation for the subsequent DU entity to determine the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
  • this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a mobile relay or a unit, module or chip within the mobile relay.
  • the relay device with mobility capability is called a mobile relay.
  • Mobile relay includes MT entity and DU entity.
  • This application takes the method being executed by the DU entity of the mobile relay as an example for illustration.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the method includes:
  • the DU entity receives the first TAC from the MT entity, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses.
  • the DU entity sends the first TAC to the access network device, where the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the first TAC.
  • the access network device accessed by the MT entity and the access network device used to receive the first TAC from the DU entity may be the same access network device, or they may be two different access network devices. , this application does not limit it. In order to facilitate understanding, part of the content in this application is introduced by taking the two access network devices as the same access network device as an example.
  • the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay
  • the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.)
  • the TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay is currently located can be determined more accurately. Location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the DU entity determines the first TAC as the TAC of the DU entity's cell. Since the DU entity determines the TAC of the cell of the DU entity as the TAC of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) can determine the TAC of the cell according to the terminal The TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay is currently located can be determined more accurately. Location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the DU entity sends a third message to the access network device, where the third message includes the first TAC, and the third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity. It can be seen that the DU entity is requesting the access network device to activate When activated to the cell of the DU entity, the first TAC is sent to the access network device, so that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity after activation by the access network device is the first TAC.
  • the TAC of the DU entity's cell can be set to the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity, so that the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.)
  • the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected can be determined based on the TAC of the mobile relay to which the terminal device is connected, and then the terminal device to the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be determined more accurately. Current location.
  • the DU entity sends first indication information to the management device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell.
  • the management device Since the management device no longer configures the TAC for the cell of the DU entity, other devices (such as the DU entity) can determine the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. It can also be understood that the DU entity sends the first indication information to the management device, so that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell. This step lays the foundation for the DU entity to determine the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
  • this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a mobile relay or a unit, module or chip within the mobile relay.
  • Mobile relay includes MT entity and DU entity.
  • This application takes the method executed by a mobile relay as an example for illustration. The mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment. The method includes:
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the access network device.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the MT entity.
  • the DU entity sends the first TAC to the access network device.
  • the TAC of the DU entity's cell is the first TAC.
  • the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay
  • the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.)
  • the TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay is currently located can be determined more accurately. Location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a mobile relay or a unit, module or chip within the mobile relay.
  • Mobile relay includes MT entity and DU entity.
  • This application takes the method executed by a mobile relay as an example for illustration.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the method includes:
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay sends second instruction information to the access network device, and the second instruction information instructs the access network device to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the access network device, and the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell serving as the DU entity.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
  • the access network device can configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity. And since the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) can be based on end The TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device determines the cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, and then can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity accessed by the mobile relay. s position. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay before the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the access network device, the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the identifier of the MT entity to the access network device; the identifier of the MT entity is used to Determine the first TAC.
  • the mobile relay may send the identity of the MT entity to the access network device, so that the access network device can query the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity accesses based on the identity of the MT entity.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the second indication information to the access network device, including: the DU entity of the mobile relay sends a second message to the access network device, and the second message requests activation of the DU
  • the second message includes the second indication information of the entity's cell.
  • the access network device when the access network device activates the cell of the DU entity for the DU entity, it may allocate a TAC to the cell of the DU entity.
  • its TAC can be configured as the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity. Therefore, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) can access according to the terminal equipment.
  • the TAC of the mobile relay determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the current location of the terminal device connected to the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be determined relatively accurately. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the second message does not contain TAC. Since the access network device can allocate TAC to the cell of the DU entity, the second message does not need to carry the TAC, which can reduce the amount of data in the second message.
  • the second message for requesting to activate the cell of the DU entity does not include the TAC, which can also be understood as an indication message. That is, when the access network device receives the second message for requesting to activate the cell of the DU entity, when it determines that the If the TAC is not included in the second message, the TAC may be allocated to the cell of the DU entity.
  • the access network device may not need to allocate a TAC to the cell of the DU entity. This implementation is only an optional implementation. In another possible implementation, when the second message for requesting activation of the cell of the DU entity includes a TAC, the access network device may also ignore the TAC and re-allocate a TAC to the cell of the DU entity.
  • this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by an access network device or a unit, module or chip within the access network device.
  • This application takes the method executed by the access network device as an example for illustration. The method includes:
  • the access network device receives a third message from the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the third message includes the first TAC, and the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the first TAC.
  • the access network device returns a response message of the third message to the DU entity of the mobile relay, where the response message of the third message is used to indicate that the cell of the DU entity has been activated.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses. Since the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) The TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and can then be compared Accurately determine the current location of the terminal equipment in the cell that accesses the DU entity of the mobile relay. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the present application provides a method for configuring cell information.
  • the present application provides a method for configuring cell information.
  • the method can be executed by an access network device or a unit, module or chip within the access network device.
  • This application takes the method executed by the access network device as an example for illustration.
  • the method includes:
  • the access network device obtains the first TAC, which is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses.
  • the access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell serving as the DU entity.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
  • the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay
  • the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.)
  • the TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay is currently located can be determined more accurately. Location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
  • the access network device receives the identity of the MT entity.
  • the access network device obtains the first TAC according to the identification of the MT entity.
  • the access network device receives second indication information, and the second indication information instructs the access network device to configure a TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  • the access network device receives a second message from the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the second message requests activation of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the second message may include the first indication information and/or the identity of the MT entity. Relevant beneficial effects and descriptions can be found in the relevant content of the fourth aspect mentioned above, and will not be described again.
  • the second message does not contain TAC.
  • Relevant beneficial effects and descriptions can be found in the relevant content of the fourth aspect mentioned above, and will not be described again.
  • the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the TAC, cell identity, geographical area information, or movement distance of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • a communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device.
  • the communication device may include a communication unit and a processing unit to perform any one of the methods in the first to sixth aspects. any implementation.
  • the communication unit is used to perform functions related to sending and receiving.
  • the communication unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the communication device is a communication chip
  • the processing unit may be one or more processors or processor cores
  • the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or port of the communication chip.
  • the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver, or the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the communication device further includes various modules that can be used to perform any one of the implementation methods of any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects.
  • a communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device.
  • the communication device may include a processor and a memory.
  • a transceiver is also included, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instructions from the memory.
  • the processor executes the computer program or instructions in the memory, the The communication device performs any one of the implementation methods of any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be provided separately from the processor.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device, and the communication device may include a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects and the method in any possible implementation manner of the first to sixth aspects.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system, etc.
  • a processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
  • a system which includes the above-mentioned mobile relay and management equipment.
  • Mobile relay may include DU entities and MT entities.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (which can also be called a code, or an instruction).
  • a computer program which can also be called a code, or an instruction.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run, it causes the computer to perform any one of the possibilities in the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction).
  • the computer-readable medium causes the computer to execute any of the above-mentioned aspects of the first aspect.
  • a chip system which may include a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects, and any method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the first to sixth aspects.
  • the chip system also includes a memory.
  • Memory is used to store computer programs (also called codes, or instructions).
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip system executes any one of the first to sixth aspects, and any one of the first to sixth aspects possible. Methods in the implementation.
  • a communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device.
  • the communication device may include: an interface circuit and a processing circuit.
  • Interface circuits may include input circuits and output circuits.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive signals through the input circuit and transmit signals through the output circuit, so that the method in any one of the first to sixth aspects and any possible implementation manner of the first to sixth aspects is implemented.
  • the above-mentioned processing device may be a chip
  • the input circuit may be an input pin
  • the output circuit may be an output pin
  • the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, the receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output A circuit may be the same circuit that functions as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
  • This application does not limit the specific implementation methods of the processor and various circuits.
  • the wireless communication device when the communication device is a wireless communication device, the wireless communication device may be a terminal such as a smartphone or a wireless access network device such as a base station.
  • the interface circuit may be a radio frequency processing chip in the wireless communication device, and the processing circuit may be a baseband processing chip in the wireless communication device.
  • the communication device may be a part of a wireless communication device, such as an integrated circuit product such as a system chip or a communication chip.
  • the interface circuit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system, etc.
  • the processing circuitry may be logic circuitry on the chip.
  • Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which embodiments of the present application may be applicable;
  • Figure 1c is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1d is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is another possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1a exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • this scenario includes one or more access network devices.
  • the access network device includes a base station. 1 and base station 2 are taken as examples for illustration.
  • Base station 1 includes cell 101 and cell 102, and base station 2 includes cell 103.
  • this scenario includes mobile relay 3.
  • Mobile relay 3 needs to perform cell selection when accessing the network, and subsequently initiates random access in the cell.
  • the access network equipment corresponding to the cell accessed by mobile relay 3 can be called a host base station.
  • mobile relay 3 is used as a vehicle-mounted relay for illustration.
  • Figure 1a shows a possible driving path of the mobile relay 3. According to the driving path, the mobile relay 3 can sequentially access the cell 101 of the base station 1, the cell 102 of the base station 1 and the cell 103 of the base station 2. .
  • the terminal device is user equipment (UE) as an example.
  • UE user equipment
  • the UE can access the cell of mobile relay 3.
  • the UE may be a terminal device of a passenger riding on a vehicle in which the mobile relay 3 is deployed. Of course, it may also be a terminal device located at other locations, which is not limited by the embodiment of this application. Any two UEs among the three UEs shown in Figure 1a may be the same or different, and are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile relay 3 is located at a first location (the first location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of the cell 101 of the base station 1), and the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay 3 is TAC#1.
  • the first location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of the cell 101 of the base station 1
  • the second location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of cell 102 of base station 1 or cell 103 of base station 2
  • the TAC of mobile relay 3 does not change.
  • the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay 3 is still TAC#1. Because for a UE accessing mobile relay 3, the TAC of mobile relay 3 accessed by the UE is TAC#1.
  • the network side may still think that the mobile relay 3 is at the first position, and then determine that the UE accessing the mobile relay 3 is also near the first position. It can be seen that configuring a fixed TAC for mobile relay 3 will cause the network side to determine incorrect location information for UEs accessing the mobile relay.
  • the embodiment of the present application aims to use the TAC of mobile relay 3 as the TAC of the cell of the access network that mobile relay 3 accesses. Therefore, when the UE accesses the cell of mobile relay 3, the UE can obtain TAC to mobile relay 3's cell. Then, the network side can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. It can be seen that the solution provided by the embodiment of this application can configure TAC for the mobile relay.
  • the communication systems mentioned in the embodiments of this application include but are not limited to: fifth generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems (5G), or communication systems or communication networks after 5G, etc., such as new wireless (new radio, NR) system, etc.
  • 5G fifth generation mobile networks
  • 5G 5th generation wireless systems
  • NR new wireless
  • Figure 1b takes 5G as an example to illustrate a schematic diagram of a network architecture that may be applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Each device involved in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below in conjunction with Figure 1b.
  • the access network equipment including the base station 1 in Figure 1a is taken as an example for illustration.
  • the relevant content of base station 2 in Figure 1a is similar to that of base station 1 and will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay can access the access network equipment.
  • the access network equipment can also be called a host node. In English, it can also be called a donor base station, or a donor macro station.
  • Access network equipment is a device in the communication system that connects terminal side equipment to the wireless network.
  • the core network can be accessed through this node.
  • Access network equipment is connected to the core network (such as 5G Core Network (5GC)) through wired links (such as fiber optic cables).
  • the access network device can be responsible for receiving data from the core network and forwarding it to the wireless backhaul device, or receiving data from the wireless backhaul device and forwarding it to the core network.
  • the access network device may be connected to the network in a wired manner, for example.
  • the access network equipment may include a radio network controller (RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller, BSC), and a base transceiver station (base transceiver station).
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B, NB node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • base transceiver station base transceiver station
  • BTS radio network controller
  • home base station for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB
  • base band unit base band unit
  • BBU base band unit
  • LTE-A evolved LTE systems
  • Evolutionary base station NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutionary Node B
  • it can also include the next generation Node B (next) in the fifth generation (5G) new wireless (new radio, NR) system. generation node B, gNB), etc.
  • the access network equipment may include a gNB-centralized unit (CU) and a gNB-distributed unit (DU).
  • CU gNB-centralized unit
  • DU gNB-distributed unit
  • gNB-CU and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 interface.
  • the CU and the core network are connected through the next generation (NG) interface.
  • NG next generation
  • gNB-DU includes the functions of the physical layer (PHY)/medium access control (MAC)/radio link control (RLC) layer, which are used for the access network equipment.
  • the relay equipment attached below provides access services.
  • gNB-DU can connect to gNB-CU through the F1 interface.
  • the gNB-DU can also be connected to the terminal device (such as UE111) or the MT function of the relay device (such as the MT of mobile relay 3) through the Uu interface.
  • gNB-CU is used to control radio resource control (RRC) for all relay devices and terminal devices under it. For example, it can store the context of relay devices and terminal devices.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • gNB-CU can connect with the DU function of other relay devices (such as the DU of mobile relay 3 and the DU of mobile relay 4) through the F1 interface.
  • the function of the access network device may be implemented by hardware components inside the access network device, for example, a processor and/or a programmable chip inside the access network device.
  • the chip can be implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD).
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logical device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (GAL), a system on a chip (system on a chip) , SOC) or any combination thereof.
  • CPLD complex programmable logical device
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • GAL general array logic
  • SOC system on a chip
  • the mobile relay in the embodiment of this application can be understood as a relay device with mobile capabilities.
  • mobile relays may include relay devices deployed on movable objects such as aircraft, high-speed trains, vehicles, and drones, or the mobile relay itself may be a relay device with mobile capabilities.
  • part of the content in the embodiment of the present application is shown by taking the mobile relay as a relay device deployed on the vehicle as an example (such as the aforementioned Figure 1a).
  • the mobile relay deployed on the vehicle can be Called VMR.
  • the mobile relay can include two parts: MT and DU.
  • the mobile relay includes the mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a and the mobile relay 4, and the mobile relay 3 and the mobile relay 4 are currently accessing the base station 1 for illustration.
  • the MT of mobile relay is similar to the function of user equipment (UE), communicating with the parent node through the Uu interface and providing data backhaul.
  • UE user equipment
  • the MT of mobile relay 3 is connected to the DU of the parent node (base station 1) through the Uu interface.
  • the DU of mobile relay is similar to the function of DU in gNB, including the functions of PHY/MAC/RLC layer, communicating with sub-nodes and providing access services to sub-nodes.
  • the DU of mobile relay 3 can provide services for sub-nodes (terminal devices (such as UE112) or other relays (such as mobile relay 4)) through the Uu interface.
  • UE 112 in Figure 1b may be a UE that accesses the cell of mobile relay 3 when mobile relay 3 accesses cell 1 or cell 2 of base station 1 in Figure 1a.
  • Mobile relay 4 is similar to mobile relay 3.
  • the MT of mobile relay 3 can be connected to the DU of the parent node (mobile relay 3) through the Uu interface.
  • the DU of mobile relay 4 can provide services for terminal equipment (such as UE113) or other relays through the Uu interface.
  • the MT of the mobile relay is called the MT function of the mobile relay, the MT entity of the mobile relay, or the MT entity; the DU of the mobile relay is called the mobile relay.
  • the MT entity and DU entity of mobile relay are just an example of naming. In future communication systems or networks, the MT entity and DU entity can also be replaced by modules with equivalent functions, or there can be other names. This article There are no restrictions on this application.
  • the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application may also have other names, such as mobile relay node, mobile relay device, relay node, relay device, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit its name.
  • mobile relay is taken as an example.
  • An end device is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user.
  • the terminal-side device involved in this application may be a terminal device or a terminal, or a hardware component inside the terminal device that can implement the functions of the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment includes UE111, UE112 and UE113 as an example for illustration.
  • the terminal side device may be called user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., and may include, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function. device, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal can communicate with the core network via the radio access network (RAN) and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • Some examples of terminal devices are: personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistant, PDA), barcode, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, satellite navigation systems, such as global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), Beidou positioning system, laser scanners and other information sensing equipment and other equipment.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • sensors satellite navigation systems, such as global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), Beidou positioning system, laser scanners
  • the terminal side device can also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, they are also implemented through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Present powerful functions. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones.
  • the terminal can also be a virtual reality (VR) device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), a wireless terminal in self-driving (self driving), or remote surgery Wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, and smart home Wireless terminals, terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), or vehicle equipment in the Internet of Vehicles (vehicle to everything, V2X), customer premises equipment (CPE) )wait.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • V2X vehicle equipment in the Internet of Vehicles
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • the functions of the terminal-side device can be implemented through hardware components inside the terminal device, and the hardware components can be processors and/or programmable chips inside the terminal device.
  • the chip can be implemented by ASIC, or PLD.
  • PLD can be any one of CPLD, FPGA, GAL, SOC or any combination thereof.
  • the various terminals introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle).
  • Figure 1b may also include other equipment, such as core network equipment or equipment used to carry virtualized network functions, etc., which are not limited by the embodiment of this application.
  • the network architecture shown in Figure 1b does not limit the number of terminal equipment, mobile relays and access network equipment.
  • Figures 1c and 1d exemplarily illustrate two possible system architecture diagrams applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
  • Figures 1c and 1d are introduced by taking the application of the embodiment of the present application to the 5G network architecture as an example. There are many possible 5G network architectures.
  • Figures 1c and 1d are two possible 5G network architectures provided by the embodiment of the present application. Schematic diagram. As shown in Figure 1c, the network architecture usually includes the following devices, network elements, and networks:
  • Access network equipment including (wireless) access network (radio access network, (R)AN) network elements are used as examples for demonstration.
  • R radio access network
  • R radio access network
  • One or more mobile relays may be deployed between the terminal device and the access network device, such as mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a above.
  • User plane network element used for packet routing and forwarding and quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, interconnecting protocol data unit (PDU) sessions with data networks, and packet routing And forwarding, for example, supports uplink classifier on traffic and then forwards it to the data network, supports branching points to support multi-homed PDU sessions, and packet inspection, etc.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the user plane network element can be a user plane function (UPF) network element, for example, it can include an intermediate user plane function (I-UPF) network element. element, or at least one of the anchor user plane function (PDU Session anchor user plane function, PSA-UPF) network elements.
  • UPF user plane function
  • I-UPF intermediate user plane function
  • PSA-UPF anchor user plane function
  • user plane network elements can still be UPF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • DN Data network
  • the data networks can be DN1 and DN2.
  • the data network may still be a DN, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Mobility management network element mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement other functions besides session management in the mobility management entity (MME) function, such as, Legal interception, access authorization/authentication, mobility status management, assigning user temporary identities, authenticating and authorizing users and other functions.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the access and mobility management can be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • access and mobility management can still be AMF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Session management network element mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints for manageable user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink Data notification, bearer establishment, modification and release, and quality of service (QoS) control, etc.
  • IP network interconnection protocol
  • the session management network element can be a session management function (SMF) network element, for example, it can include an intermediate session management function (I-SMF) network element. element, or at least one of the anchor session management function (A-SMF) network elements.
  • SMF session management function
  • I-SMF intermediate session management function
  • A-SMF anchor session management function
  • the session management network element can still be an SMF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Policy control network element A unified policy framework used to guide network behavior, providing policy rule information for control plane functional network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
  • the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF) network element.
  • PCF policy control function
  • the policy control network element can still be a PCF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Authentication service network element used for authentication services, generating keys to implement two-way authentication of terminal devices, and supporting a unified authentication framework.
  • the authentication service network element may be an authentication server function (AUSF) network element.
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • the authentication service function network element can still be an AUSF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the data management network element can be a unified data management (UDM) network element, which can be used to process terminal device identification, access authentication, registration and mobility management wait.
  • UDM unified data management
  • unified data management can still be a UDM network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the data management network element can also be a unified database (Unified Data Repository, UDR).
  • UDR Unified Data Repository
  • PCF can obtain policy decision-related or corresponding contract information from UDR.
  • the unified database can still be UDR, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Application network element used for data routing that affects applications, access network open function network elements, and interacts with the policy framework for policy control, etc.
  • the application network element may be an application function (AF) network element 107.
  • AF application function
  • application network elements can still be AF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network storage network element used to maintain real-time information of all network function services in the network.
  • the network storage network element may be a network registration function (network repository function, NRF) network element.
  • network storage network elements can still be NRF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network slice selection network element used to provide network slice selection function.
  • the network slice selection network element can be a Network Slice Selection Function (NSSF) network element.
  • NSSF Network Slice Selection Function
  • the network slice selection network element can still be an NSSF.
  • a network element may also have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network capability opening network element used to provide network customization functions.
  • the network capability opening network element can be a network capability exposure function (NEF) network element.
  • NEF network capability exposure function
  • the network capability opening network element can still be an NEF network element. Yuan, or it can also have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the communication system architecture applicable to the embodiments of this application may also include other network elements, such as network analysis function network elements and service communication function network elements.
  • the network analysis function network element is used to provide network slicing instance-level data analysis functions. For example, you can obtain data, then use the data for training and analysis, and make corresponding inferences based on the analysis results.
  • the network analysis function network element may be a network analytics function (NWDAF) network element.
  • Nnssf, Nausf, Nnef, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, Nsmf, Nnrf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers. The meaning of these interface serial numbers can be found in the meaning defined in the 3GPP standard protocol, and is not limited here.
  • the above network element or function can be a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • the above network elements or functions can be divided into one or more services.
  • instances of the above functions, or instances of services included in the above functions, or service instances that exist independently of network functions can be called service instances.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the above-mentioned system architecture, and can also be applied to other future communication systems, such as the sixth generation communication (the 6th generation, 6G) system architecture, etc.
  • the names of each network element used in the above embodiments of the present application may maintain the same functions in future communication systems, but the names will change.
  • FIG. 1d illustrates a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • N7 The interface between PCF and SMF, used to deliver protocol data unit (PDU) session granularity and business data flow granularity control policy.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • N15 The interface between PCF and AMF, used to deliver UE policies and access control related policies.
  • N5 The interface between AF and PCF, used for issuing application service requests and reporting network events.
  • N4 The interface between SMF and UPF. It is used to transfer information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules, QoS control rules, traffic statistics rules, etc. for the user plane and reporting of user plane information.
  • N9 The interface between two UPFs.
  • N11 The interface between SMF and AMF, used to transfer PDU session tunnel information between RAN and UPF, transfer control messages sent to UE, transfer radio resource control information sent to RAN, etc.
  • N2 The interface between AMF and RAN, used to transmit wireless bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN.
  • N1 The interface between AMF and UE, independent of access, used to deliver QoS control rules to UE, etc.
  • N8 The interface between AMF and UDM, used for AMF to obtain access and mobility management-related subscription data and authentication data from UDM, and for AMF to register UE's current mobility management-related information with UDM.
  • N10 The interface between SMF and UDM, used for SMF to obtain session management-related subscription data from UDM, and for SMF to register UE current session-related information with UDM.
  • N12 The interface between AMF and AUSF, used by AMF to initiate the authentication process to AUSF, which can carry SUCI as the signing identifier.
  • N14 The interface between two AMFs.
  • N13 The interface between UDM and AUSF, used by AUSF to obtain the user authentication vector from UDM to perform the authentication process.
  • N22 The interface between NSSF and AMF, used for AMF to receive slice selection information from NSSF.
  • the system architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application may also include other network elements, such as management equipment.
  • the management equipment is not shown in the above-mentioned Figures 1c and 1d.
  • the management device may include a device with management capabilities for mobile relays.
  • the management device may be an operations administration and maintenance (OAM) device, which may have the functions of operation, maintenance, and management.
  • OAM operations administration and maintenance
  • the management device may Mobile relay operations, maintenance and management.
  • the management device in the embodiment of the present application can establish a connection with one or more network elements in the system architecture shown in Figure 1c and Figure 1d.
  • the management device can establish a connection with an NEF network element, an AMF network element, etc.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay may obtain the first TAC, and then send the first TAC to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the first TAC.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses.
  • the TAC of the DU entity's cell is the first TAC.
  • the DU entity can query or receive the first TAC from the MT entity.
  • the DU entity can also query the first TAC from the access network device.
  • the DU entity can obtain the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses, the DU entity can use the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses as the DU.
  • the DU entity may also send the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses to the access network device, so that the access network device side can learn the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • Figure 2 exemplarily shows a flow chart of yet another cell information configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. .
  • the mobile relay involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a and Figure 1b, or the mobile relay 4 in Figure 1b.
  • the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application The relay includes MT entities and DU entities.
  • the mobile relay is in a mobile state, which can also be understood as the mobile relay has the ability to move, or the mobile relay has the ability to move. The ability to move.
  • Mobile relay is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the solution on the MT entity side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by the unit, module or chip inside the MT entity.
  • the solution on the DU entity side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by the unit, module or chip inside the DU entity.
  • the access network equipment involved in the embodiment of the present application is base station 1 or base station 2 in Figure 1a, or is base station 1 in Figure 1b, or is the access network equipment in Figure 1c or Figure 1d.
  • the solution on the access network device side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by units, modules or chips inside the access network device.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 201 The DU entity sends first indication information to the management device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  • the management device receives the first indication information.
  • the management device when the management device receives the first indication information, when configuring the cell configuration information for the DU entity's cell, the management device may not configure the TAC of the DU entity's cell for the DU entity's cell. This can reduce the workload of managing the device.
  • the management device since the management device no longer configures the TAC for the cell of the DU entity, other devices (such as the DU entity) can determine the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. It can also be understood that the DU entity sends the first indication information to the management device, so that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell. This step lays the foundation for the DU entity to determine the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
  • the management device side since the management device side does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell in this embodiment, the management device side may no longer store the relationship between the DU entity and the TAC of the DU entity's cell, thereby saving storage space.
  • Step 201 is an optional step and may not be executed.
  • a rule may be preset at the management device. The preset rule instructs the management device to no longer configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity when configuring cell configuration information for the DU entity of the mobile relay. In another possible implementation, the management device can also configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the DU entity After the management device delivers the configured TAC to the DU entity along with other cell configuration information, the DU entity The TAC from the management device can be ignored, that is, even if the DU entity receives the TAC of the cell of the DU entity from the management device, the DU entity does not store the TAC sent from the management device, and the DU entity uses the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity as the TAC of the cell of this DU entity.
  • the information interaction between the mobile relay and the management device in the embodiment of the present application can be the information interaction between the MT entity of the mobile relay and the management device, or it can also be the information interaction between the DU entity of the mobile relay and the management device.
  • the information exchange between them is not limited by this application.
  • the subsequent content is similar and will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay sending the first indication information to the management device may be the MT entity of the mobile relay sending the first indication information to the management device, or the DU entity of the mobile relay sending the first indication to the management device.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the first instruction information to the management device as an example for illustration, but this does not mean that in the embodiment of the present application, only the DU entity of the mobile relay can send the first instruction information to the management device.
  • Instruction information, the MT entity in the embodiment of the present application may also send the first instruction information to the management device.
  • Step 202 The access network device sends a first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes a first TAC, and the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device.
  • the mobile relay MT entity receives the first TAC from the access network device.
  • the access network device may be the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the cell of the access network device.
  • move The relay MT entity can access the first cell of the access network device by performing steps such as cell selection.
  • the TAI in the embodiment of this application may include the TAC and the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) identifier, and may also be understood to mean that the TAC is included in the TAI.
  • the first TAC may be included in the TAI of the first cell.
  • Step 203 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends the first message to the DU entity.
  • the first message includes the first TAC.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first message from the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the first TAC may also be used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
  • OAM is a mobile Cell configuration cell configuration information of the relayed DU entity.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay does not need to care about the TAC of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay will not send the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay. That is to say, after the MT entity of the mobile relay obtains the first TAC, since the first TAC will not be sent to the DU entity of the mobile relay, the DU entity of the mobile relay cannot determine that the MT entity of the mobile relay is currently connected. Enter the TAC information. That is to say, when the MT entity of the mobile relay obtains the first TAC, since the MT entity of the mobile relay does not send the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, it can be considered that the DU entity of the mobile relay cannot obtain it. First TAC.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay in order for the DU entity of the mobile relay to obtain the TAC of the access network device accessed by the MT entity, in a possible implementation, the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, so that the DU entity of the mobile relay obtains the TAC of the access network device accessed by the MT entity.
  • Step 204 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends the first TAC to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the first TAC.
  • the access network device accessed by the MT entity (such as the access network device that sends the first broadcast message to the MT entity) and the access network device used to receive the first TAC from the DU entity (such as step 204
  • the access network device that receives the first TAC may be the same access network device, or may be two different access network devices. This application does not limit it. For ease of understanding, part of the content in the embodiments of this application is The two access network devices are the same access network device and are introduced as an example.
  • the MT entity when the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the first cell, the MT entity can obtain the first TAC from the first broadcast message received from the access network device, and then the MT entity The entity may send the first TAC to the DU entity.
  • this method can reduce the workload of the DU entity.
  • the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side can be more accurate based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. Determine the current location of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 3a and FIG. 3b exemplarily introduce two possible cell information configuration methods.
  • FIG. 3a and FIG. 3b are exemplified based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the mobile The DU entity of the mobile relay can also obtain the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay through other methods.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 301 The access network device sends a first broadcast message.
  • the first broadcast message includes a first TAC, and the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device.
  • the mobile relay MT entity receives the first TAC from the access network device.
  • the access network device may be the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity.
  • Step 302 The MT entity may send the first message to the DU entity.
  • the first message includes the first TAC.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first message from the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the first TAC in the first message is used as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the first TAC in the first message may also be used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • Step 303 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a third message to the access network device.
  • the third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the third message includes the first TAC.
  • Step 303 can be used as a possible implementation of the above step 204.
  • the DU entity may also determine the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay can select a suitable access network device as the host base station, and then the DU entity of the mobile relay can send the third message to the CU entity of the access network device.
  • the access network device accessed by the MT entity and the access network device used to receive the first TAC from the DU entity may be the same access network device or Different access network equipment is not limited in this application.
  • the third message may also carry part or all of other information other than the first TAC in the cell configuration information supported by the mobile relay.
  • the third message may also include a DU indicating that the management device is the mobile relay.
  • Information such as the cell identifier of the entity's cell configuration.
  • the third message can be an F1 setup request, which can be written as F1setup request in English.
  • Step 304 The access network device sends a response message of the third message to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the response message of the third message may carry the activated cell configuration information.
  • the response message of the third message may carry the cell identifier of the cell of the activated mobile relay DU entity, and the activated cell identifier of the mobile relay DU entity may include the identifier of the access network device. .
  • the response message of the third message can be F1 setup response, which can be written as F1setup response in English.
  • Step 304 is an optional step and may or may not be executed.
  • Step 305 The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
  • the mobile relay may send a broadcast message, such as the third broadcast message in step 406.
  • the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay is used to send cell information corresponding to the cell of the mobile relay to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device that receives the broadcast message can choose to access the cell and access the network through the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay may send a broadcast message by the MT entity of the mobile relay, or the DU entity of the mobile relay may send a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay is sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay. This does not mean that the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay in the embodiment of this application can only be sent by the DU entity.
  • the third broadcast message may include the first TAC and/or the cell identity of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the third broadcast message includes the first TAC
  • the terminal device located within the service range of the mobile relay can make the broadcast message received
  • the mobile relay is accessed, and the accessed terminal device can determine that the TAC of the mobile relay is the first TAC according to the third broadcast message.
  • Figure 3a shows an example of a terminal device receiving the third broadcast message.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay can carry the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay in the message requesting activation of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the access network device can directly determine the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the received MT entity accesses. is the TAC of the DU entity cell, thereby avoiding the signaling consumption caused by the access network device querying the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay MT entity through other means.
  • the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses is the cell TAC of the DU entity of the mobile relay
  • the TAC of the cell can be configured as The TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses enables the network side to determine the actual location of the terminal device that accesses the mobile relay, improving the efficiency and efficiency of the network's mobility management of the terminal device. Accuracy.
  • Step 401 The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the mobile relay when the mobile relay moves, it can be understood that both the MT entity of the mobile relay and the DU entity of the mobile relay move.
  • the method for the mobile relay to determine that the mobile relay has moved may be that the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the MT entity has moved, or the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • step 401 when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the preset movement range may include at least one of the following content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
  • Content 2 The cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • Content 3 The access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • Content 4 The geographical area information of the mobile relay changes.
  • Content 5 The moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay can determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset It is determined that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when at least one of the multiple items within the movement range is determined; alternatively, the MT entity of the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies multiple items within the preset movement range.
  • the mobile relay movement is determined to meet the preset movement range. The method is more flexible and can be flexibly set according to the actual situation.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the TAC of the zone changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes the second TAC.
  • the second TAC is the TAC of the second cell.
  • the MT entity may store a second TAC. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message, and the first broadcast message includes the first TAC.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within a preset movement range, or that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. Set the movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes cell identification #1.
  • Cell ID #1 is the cell ID of the second cell. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes cell identification #2.
  • Cell ID #2 is the cell ID of the first cell.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved. Meet the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the access network equipment connected to the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes the identification #1 of the access network device. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message.
  • the first broadcast message includes the identification of the access network device# 2.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range. , or it is said that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes: the geographical area information of the mobile relay changes.
  • the information on the geographical area of the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the information on the geographical area where the MT entity of the mobile relay is located changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay initiates a positioning process and obtains the current geographical location of the mobile relay from the core network as geographical area information #1. Since the mobile relay has moved, when the MT entity of the mobile relay initiates the positioning process again, the current geographical location of the mobile relay obtained from the core network may be geographical area information #2.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved. The movement meets the preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes: the movement distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
  • the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, which may mean that the moving distance of the MT entity of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
  • the preset distance may be an experience value, and the preset distance may be related to the preset movement range. For example, when the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, the mobile relay is likely to have moved out of the currently accessed access network device (or the cell of the currently accessed access network device, or the current corresponding TAC, or the geographic area to which it currently belongs).
  • the preset distance can be set to 1000 meters.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay can query and find out that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance by triggering the positioning process, or the MT entity of the mobile relay can infer that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance (such as inference based on historical data). ), or the detection device on other equipment detects that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance and notifies the MT entity of the mobile relay, or it is inferred by other equipment The moving distance out of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance and the MT entity of the mobile relay is notified.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, it determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved The movement satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay may not send the access of the MT entity to the DU entity. TAC of the cell where the network device is located.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay may attribute such a situation to a situation where the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved, or that the mobile relay has not moved within a preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay If the movement does not meet the content in the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, it is possible that the movement amount of the mobile relay is small.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the mobile relay has not changed. If the mobility does not meet the preset mobility range, the MT entity of the mobile relay can be allowed not to send the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses to the DU entity. In this way, the MT entity of the mobile relay can be prevented from frequently sending the TAC to the DU entity.
  • the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the relay MT entity reduces signaling consumption.
  • the preset movement range includes multiple contents in the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay If the movement of the mobile relay does not satisfy each item in the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range. In other words, as long as any item in the preset movement range is met, the mobile relay can determine that its movement satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses changes, and the access network equipment that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, and the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has not changed, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay MT entity If the movement of the relay does not meet the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay may be allowed not to send the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has changed, but the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has not changed, the MT entity of the mobile relay can also be allowed to send a request to the DU.
  • the entity sends the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity. This situation can be attributed to the mobility of the mobile relay and satisfies the preset mobility range.
  • the preset movement range includes multiple contents in the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay If the movement of the mobile relay does not meet at least one of the preset movement ranges, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range. The MT entity of the mobile relay may not report the MT entity access to the DU entity. The TAC of the cell where the access network equipment enters. In this case, the MT entity of the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when determining that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses changes, and the access network equipment that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has changed, but the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has not changed, the MT entity of the mobile relay may be allowed not to change.
  • Send to the DU entity the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses. TAC.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has changed, and the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has changed, the MT of the mobile relay is allowed to The entity sends the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity.
  • Step 402 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a first message to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the first message includes the first TAC.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first message from the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the first TAC in the first message may be used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the first message carries the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the moved MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • Step 402 may be a possible implementation of the above step 203.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay moves from the second cell of the access network device to The first district.
  • the TAC of the second cell is called the second TAC in the embodiment of this application.
  • the TAC of the cell of the DU entity may be the second TAC, and the DU entity of the mobile relay may have reported the DU entity's TAC to the access network device.
  • the TAC of the cell is the second TAC of the second cell.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay can instruct the access network device to
  • the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is updated from the second TAC to the first TAC.
  • the following step 403 can be performed.
  • Step 403 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the access network device.
  • the configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay to the first TAC.
  • the access network device receives the configuration update message from the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the English configuration update message may be gNB-DU configuration update, and there is no limit if it is not applied.
  • the access network device side should store the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay corresponding to the position before the mobile relay moves, and the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay corresponding to the position before the mobile relay moves. Different from the first TAC.
  • the access network device After receiving the configuration update message, the access network device updates the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay to the first TAC.
  • the mobile relay is initially located at location 1, which is within the coverage of the second cell of the access network device, and the mobile relay accesses the second cell at location 1.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay The TAC of the cell is the TAC corresponding to position 1, and the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay stored on the access network device side is the TAC associated with position 1.
  • the mobile relay moved to location 2.
  • Location 2 is located within the coverage of the first cell of the access network device.
  • the mobile relay reported the first TAC to the access network device so that the access network device Update the mobile relay's TAC associated with location 1 to the first TAC associated with location 2.
  • the access network device sends a response message to the configuration update message to the mobile relay.
  • the response message of the configuration update message may indicate that the cell configuration information update of the DU entity of the mobile relay is completed.
  • the response message of the configuration update may be gNB-DU configuration update acknowledge, There are no restrictions if you don’t apply.
  • the mobile relay may perform step 404.
  • Step 404 The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
  • the third broadcast message may include the identity of the cell of the first TAC and/or the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the content of step 404 please refer to the relevant content of step 305, which will not be described again.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay can send the MT entity of the mobile relay to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the TAC of the cell of the access network device currently accessed so that the DU entity of the mobile relay determines the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity after the mobile relay moves as the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay TAC, which can achieve the effect of keeping the TAC of the DU entity of the mobile relay updated as it moves.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay can request the access network device to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay, thereby maintaining the host base station.
  • step 401 can also be included before step 302.
  • FIG. 4a exemplarily shows a flow chart of yet another possible cell information configuration method.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 501 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a1 from access network device one.
  • the broadcast message a1 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 1 of access network device one, the identity of cell 1, or the identity of access network device one.
  • the TAC of cell 1 is, for example, TAC#2.
  • the broadcast message a1 may also include indication information that the cell corresponding to the broadcast message a1 supports mobile relay.
  • Step 502 The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay can select a cell that supports the DU entity of the mobile relay for access based on the indication information carried in the broadcast message of whether to support mobile relay, such as the MT entity of the mobile relay. Select cell 1 for access.
  • Step 503 The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay may send an RRC connection establishment request message to the access network device.
  • the RRC connection establishment request message may carry indication information indicating that the RRC connection is initiated by the mobile relay.
  • the RRC connection establishment request message may include an RRC connection setup request.
  • the access network device may send an RRC establishment completion message to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the RRC establishment completion message is used to indicate that the RRC connection is successfully established.
  • Step 504 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
  • the core network device receives the registration request message.
  • Core network equipment may include AMF.
  • the registration request message may carry indication information indicating that the registered network is a mobile relay, and then the core network device verifies the identity of the mobile relay.
  • the registration request message may include N2message.
  • Step 505 The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
  • the process of registering the MT entity of the access network device with the network is similar to the process of registering the terminal device with the network device, and will not be elaborated here.
  • Step 506 The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment.
  • the network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
  • Step 507 The mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device.
  • Message a2 is used to obtain cell configuration information.
  • the management device receives message a2 from the mobile relay.
  • Message a2 includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  • step 507 For the relevant content of step 507, please refer to the relevant description of step 201, and will not be described again here.
  • Step 508 The management device may send a response message to message a2 to the mobile relay, where the response message to message a2 carries cell configuration information.
  • the response message for message a2 does not include TAC.
  • the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
  • the message a2 sent by the mobile relay to the management device may be the message a2 sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay to the management device.
  • the management device may send a response message of message a2 to the mobile relay.
  • the management device may send a response message of message a2 to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay sending message a2 to the management device may be the DU entity of the mobile relay sending message a2 to the management device.
  • the management device may send a response message of message a2 to the mobile relay.
  • the management device may send a response message of message a2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device, and the management device sends a response message of message a2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay as an example.
  • the management device sends a response message of message a2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay as an example.
  • relevant content please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
  • Step 509 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends message a3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Message a3 includes TAC#2.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay receives message a3.
  • Step 509 can be after step 508 or before step 508. For example, it can be after step 502 or at any time before step 510. It can also be understood that the MT entity sends message a3 to the DU entity after accessing cell 1. .
  • step 509 For the relevant content of step 509, please refer to the relevant description of the aforementioned step 302.
  • the relevant content of the message a3 please refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned first message (for example, the message a3 can be the aforementioned first message), which will not be described again here.
  • Step 510 The DU entity of the mobile relay determines TAC#2 as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
  • Step 511 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a4 to the access network device.
  • the message a4 is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Message a4 can carry TAC#2.
  • the access network device may be access network device 1 to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses.
  • step 511 For the relevant content of step 511, please refer to the relevant description of the aforementioned step 303.
  • the relevant content of the message a4 please refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned third message (for example, the message a4 can be the aforementioned third message), which will not be described again here.
  • Step 512 The access network device sends a response message of message a4 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • step 512 For the relevant content of step 512, please refer to the relevant description of step 304, which will not be described again.
  • Step 513 The mobile relay sends broadcast message a5.
  • the broadcast message a5 includes TAC#2.
  • the relevant content of step 513 please refer to the relevant description of step 305, which will not be described again.
  • Step 514 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a6, where the access network equipment included in the broadcast message a6 At least one of the TAC of cell 2 of device 1, the identity of cell 2, or the identity of access network device 1.
  • the TAC of cell 2 is, for example, TAC#3.
  • the mobile relay may be in a moving state. When the mobile relay moves from cell 1 to cell 2, the mobile relay may receive the broadcast message a6. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 2 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 2.
  • Step 515 The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay may determine that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
  • the MT entity in the mobile relay responds to the above content 1 (the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay MT entity changes), content 2 (the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay MT entity changes) or If at least one of the contents 3 (the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes) determines that the MT entity of the mobile relay has moved, the mobile relay may use the broadcast received in step 514.
  • the information carried in message a6 determines that the mobile relay has moved. In this case, step 515 needs to be executed after step 514.
  • the MT entity in the mobile relay determines according to at least one of the above content 4 (the information of the geographical area of the MT entity in the mobile relay changes) or content 5 (the moving distance of the MT entity in the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance).
  • step 515 may be performed first and then step 514, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • step 515 For the relevant content of step 515, please refer to the relevant description of step 401, which will not be described again.
  • Step 516 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends message a7 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the message a7 includes the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay: TAC#3.
  • step 516 For the relevant content of step 516, please refer to the relevant description of step 402, which will not be described again.
  • Step 517 The DU entity of the mobile relay determines TAC#3 as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
  • Step 518 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the access network device 1.
  • the configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay from TAC#2 to TAC#3.
  • step 518 For the relevant content of step 518, please refer to the relevant description of step 403, which will not be described again.
  • Step 519 The mobile relay sends broadcast message a8.
  • the broadcast message a8 may include TAC#3.
  • the content of step 519 please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 404, and will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the DU entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the TAC of cell 1.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the TAC of cell 2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the DU entity of the mobile relay determines the cell of the DU entity.
  • the TAC is the TAC of cell 2.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay can again send the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity so that the DU entity
  • the entity updates the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • This solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 514 to 519 and will not be described again.
  • the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be dynamically updated, so that the network side can more accurately determine the terminal based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. The current location of the device.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 601 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a1 from access network device one.
  • Step 602 The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
  • Step 603 The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
  • Step 604 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
  • Step 605 The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
  • Step 606 The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment.
  • the network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
  • Step 607 The mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device.
  • Step 608 The management device may send a response message of message a2 to the mobile relay.
  • Step 609 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends message a3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Step 610 The DU entity of the mobile relay determines TAC#2 as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
  • Step 611 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a4 to the access network device.
  • Step 612 The access network device sends a response message of message a4 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Step 613 The mobile relay sends broadcast message a5.
  • steps 601 to 613 please refer to the aforementioned steps 501 to 513, and will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay may be in a mobile state, for example, it may move to the coverage area of the cell of the access network device 2. After the mobile relay moves from the coverage area of access network device one to the coverage area of the cell of access network device two, it may perform the following:
  • Step 614 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a9.
  • the broadcast message a9 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 3 of access network device 2, the identity of cell 3, or the identity of access network device 2.
  • the TAC of cell 3 is, for example, TAC#4.
  • the mobile relay may be in a moving state.
  • the mobile relay moves from cell 1 of access network device 1 to cell 3 of access network device 2, the mobile relay may receive broadcast message a9. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 3 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 3.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay when the MT entity of the mobile relay switches from access network device 1 to access network device 2, the MT entity of the mobile relay may be in the RRC connected state.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay in the RRC connected state switches from the cell of the access network device one to the cell of the access network device two, and establishes an RRC connection with the access network device two. This step is not shown in Figure 4b.
  • Step 615 The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • step 615 For the relevant content of step 615, please refer to the relevant description of step 515, which will not be described again.
  • Step 616 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends message a10 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the message a10 includes the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay: TAC#4.
  • step 616 For the relevant content of step 616, please refer to the relevant description of step 302, which will not be described again.
  • Step 617 The DU entity of the mobile relay determines TAC#4 as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
  • Step 618 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a11 to the access network device 2 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the message a11 is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Message a11 may include TAC#4.
  • step 618 For the content of step 618, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 303, and will not be described again.
  • Step 619 Access network device two sends a response message of message a11 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • step 619 For the content of step 619, please refer to the relevant content of step 304, and will not be described again.
  • Step 620 The mobile relay sends broadcast message a12.
  • the broadcast message a12 includes TAC#4.
  • step 620 For the content of step 620, please refer to the relevant content of step 305, and will not be described again.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the DU entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the TAC of cell 1.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the TAC of cell 3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the DU entity of the mobile relay determines the cell of the DU entity.
  • the TAC is the TAC of cell 3. If the mobile relay subsequently moves again, if it moves to an access network device different from the second access network device, the relevant solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 614 to 620 and will not be described again.
  • the relevant solutions are similar to those provided in steps 514 to 519 and will not be described again.
  • the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay will also be dynamically updated, so that the network side can more accurately determine the cell based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. The current location of the terminal device.
  • the access network device may obtain the first TAC, and then the access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC.
  • the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses.
  • the TAC of the DU entity's cell is the first TAC.
  • the access network device can query the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses (for example, the access network device obtains the first TAC according to the MT The entity's identity is used to query the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses).
  • the access network device can obtain the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses, then the access network device can obtain the TAC of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses.
  • the TAC of the cell is set to the TAC of the cell of the DU entity, so that the network side can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device.
  • Figure 5 exemplarily shows another cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Process diagram. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
  • Step 701 The mobile relay sends first instruction information to the management device.
  • the management device Since the management device no longer configures the TAC for the cell of the DU entity, other devices (such as the access network device) can determine the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. It can also be understood that the DU entity sends the first indication information to the management device, so that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell. This step lays the foundation for the access network device to determine the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
  • Step 701 is an optional step.
  • relevant content of step 701 please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 201, and will not be described again.
  • Step 702 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends the identifier of the MT entity to the access network device.
  • the access network device can receive the identity of the MT entity.
  • the mobile relay can send the identifier of the MT entity to the access network device, so that the access network device can query the access of the MT entity based on the identifier of the MT entity. community TAC.
  • the identity of the MT entity can be understood as the identity of the MT function of the mobile relay that has successfully accessed the network.
  • the identity of the MT entity can be a Generic Public Subscription Identifier (GPSI) or a permanent user identity (Subscription). Permanent Identifier (SUPI), Mobile Subscriber International Integrated Services Digital Network Identifier (mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number, MSISDN), etc.
  • GPSI Generic Public Subscription Identifier
  • SUPI Permanent Identifier
  • MSISDN Mobile Subscriber International Integrated Services Digital Network Identifier
  • ISDN is the abbreviation of integrated service digital network (ISDN).
  • PSTN is the abbreviation of public switched telephone network (PSTN).
  • Step 702 is an optional step.
  • Step 703 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends second indication information to the access network device.
  • the second indication information instructs the access network device to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  • the access network device may receive the second indication information.
  • the TAC may be configured for the DU entity. For example, when the access network device does not receive the second indication information from the DU entity of the mobile relay, the TAC may not be configured for the cell of the DU entity, so that the access network device can configure the TAC when necessary.
  • the DU entity's cell is configured with TAC, which can reduce the workload of the access network equipment.
  • step 702 and step 703 may be one step.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay may carry the identity of the MT entity and the second indication information in one message.
  • Step 703 is an optional step.
  • Step 704 The access network device obtains the first TAC, which is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses.
  • the access network device side Since the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the first cell of the access network device, the access network device side stores the identity of the MT entity of the mobile relay and the first cell of the MT entity that accesses the access network device. The corresponding relationship between the TACs of the cells, and then the access network device can query the TAC of the first cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses from the corresponding relationship.
  • the context of the MT entity of the mobile relay stored by the access network device includes an indication of the MT of the mobile relay.
  • the access network device can query the context of the MT entity according to the identity of the MT entity to find out the TAC of the MT entity of the mobile relay accessing the access network device. TAC of the first cell.
  • the access network device side stores the indication information for indicating the DU entity and the third TAC accessed by the MT entity including the mobile relay of the DU entity.
  • the corresponding relationship between the TAC of a cell In this case, the access network device can query the corresponding relationship based on the instruction information for the DU entity when determining that the DAC needs to be configured for the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the TAC of the first cell accessed by the MT entity including the mobile relay of the DU entity.
  • the indication information for the DU entity may be information that can indicate the DU entity, such as an identifier of the DU entity. In this implementation manner, the MT entity of the mobile relay does not need to send the identity of the MT entity to the access network device.
  • Step 705 The access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell serving as the DU entity.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC.
  • step 705 it may also include: the access network device determines that the first TAC is the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. For example, the access network device can store the TAC of the cell of the DU entity as the first TAC. This situation.
  • Figures 6a and 6b exemplarily illustrate the processes of two cell information configuration methods. Schematic diagram.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 801 The MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the first cell of the access network device.
  • Step 802 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a second message to the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the second message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the second message does not include TAC.
  • the second message may include the above-mentioned MT entity identification and/or second indication information.
  • relevant content please refer to the relevant content of step 702 and step 703, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 803 The access network device obtains the TAC of the first cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay: the first TAC.
  • the access network device may determine the obtained first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the second message may carry part or all of other information other than the first TAC in the cell configuration information supported by the mobile relay.
  • the second message may also include a DU entity whose management device is the mobile relay.
  • the second message can be an F1 setup request, which can be written as F1setup request in English.
  • Step 804 The access network device sends a response message of the second message to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the response message of the second message may carry the activated cell configuration information.
  • the response message of the second message may carry the TAC of the cell of the activated mobile relay DU entity: the first TAC.
  • the response message of the second message may also include the cell identity of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay after activation, and the cell identity of the cell of the activated DU entity of the mobile relay may include the The identification of the access network device.
  • the response message of the third message can be F1 setup response, which can be written as F1setup response in English.
  • Step 805 The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
  • the third broadcast message may include the first TAC and/or the cell identity of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the third broadcast message includes the first TAC
  • the terminal device located within the service range of the mobile relay can make the broadcast message received
  • the mobile relay is accessed, and the accessed terminal device can determine that the TAC of the mobile relay is the first TAC according to the third broadcast message.
  • Figure 6a shows an example of a terminal device receiving the third broadcast message.
  • the access network device can access the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the TAC of the cell of the network device is determined to be the TAC of the cell of the DU entity, and the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is sent to the DU entity.
  • the TAC of the cell can be configured as the MT of the mobile relay.
  • the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the entity accesses enables the network side to determine the actual location of the terminal device that accesses the mobile relay, thereby improving the efficiency and accuracy of the network's mobility management of the terminal device.
  • the first cell where the mobile relay moves and accesses the access network device after the movement is taken as an example for introduction.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 901 The MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the first cell of the access network device.
  • Step 902 The access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • a preset movement range can be set in advance.
  • the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the preset movement range corresponding to the access network device may include at least one of the above content 1 or content 2.
  • the access network device can determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the content within the preset movement range.
  • the relay movement satisfies the preset movement range, or in other words, the access network equipment determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the access network device may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies The preset movement range; alternatively, the access network device can determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when determining that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range, in a more flexible manner. It can be set flexibly according to the actual situation.
  • case 6 is introduced by taking the preset movement range including the above content 1 as an example
  • case 7 is introduced by taking the preset movement range including the above content 2 as an example.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay moves from the second cell of the access network device to the first cell of the access network device.
  • the access network device queries that the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has changed, for example, it queries based on the MT entity's identity that the cell accessed by the MT entity changes from the TAC of the second cell to the TAC of the first cell.
  • the access network equipment determines that the mobile relay has moved, or the access network equipment determines that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or the access network equipment determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the preset mobility range includes: the cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
  • the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved, or the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved. A movement that satisfies the preset movement range occurs, or the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
  • the access network device may not perform the following step 904, that is, the access network device may not send a message to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the TAC of the cell currently accessed by the MT entity sending the mobile relay the first TAC.
  • the access network device may attribute such a situation to the situation where the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved, or that the mobile relay has not moved within a preset movement range.
  • the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the content in the preset movement range , the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes the above content 1 and content 2: when the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet each of the contents in the preset movement range, Then the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range.
  • the preset movement range includes the above content 1 and content 2: when the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet at least one of the contents in the preset movement range, Then the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, and the access network device may not send the TAC of the cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses to the DU entity. In this case, the access network device may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when determining that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range.
  • the access network equipment determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • relevant content please refer to the aforementioned mobile
  • the relevant content of the steps in which the relay MT entity determines that the mobile relay moves will not be described again here.
  • Step 903 The access network device obtains the first TAC.
  • step 903 For the relevant content of step 903, please refer to the relevant content of step 704, which will not be described again.
  • Step 904 The access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC.
  • the access network device may carry the first TAC through a message, which may be, for example, a base station-CU configuration update message.
  • the base station-CU configuration update message may be used to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the base station-CU configuration update message can be written in English as gNB-CU configuration update.
  • step 904 after receiving the first TAC, the DU entity determines that the first TAC is the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • step 904 For the relevant content of step 904, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 705, which will not be described again.
  • Step 905 The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
  • the third broadcast message may include the identity of the cell of the first TAC and/or DU entity.
  • the relevant content of step 905 please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 805, which will not be described again.
  • the access network device can send the DU entity of the mobile relay the information currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the TAC of the cell of the access network device so that the DU entity of the mobile relay uses the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity after the mobile relay moves to access as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay. , which can achieve the effect of keeping the TAC of the DU entity of the mobile relay updated as it moves.
  • Figure 7 exemplarily shows a schematic flowchart of yet another possible cell information configuration method.
  • the mobile relay moves from cell 1 to cell 2 of the access network device.
  • the TAC of the cell is TAC#2 and the TAC of the cell is TAC#3.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 1001 The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b1 from the access network device one.
  • the broadcast message b1 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 1 of access network device one, the identity of cell 1, or the identity of access network device one.
  • the TAC of cell 1 is, for example, TAC#2.
  • the broadcast message b1 may also include indication information that the cell corresponding to the broadcast message b1 supports mobile relay.
  • Step 1002 The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
  • Step 1003 The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
  • Step 1004 The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
  • the core network device receives the registration request message.
  • Step 1005 The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
  • Step 1006 The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment.
  • the network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
  • Step 1007 The mobile relay sends message b2 to the management device.
  • Message b2 is used to obtain cell configuration information.
  • the management device receives the message b2 from the mobile relay.
  • Message b2 includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  • Step 1008 The management device may send a response message to message b2 to the mobile relay, where the response message to message b2 carries cell configuration information.
  • the response message for message b2 does not include TAC.
  • the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
  • message b2 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message b2 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • message b2 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message b2 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b2 to the management device, and the management device sends a response message of message b2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay as an example.
  • the management device sends a response message of message b2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay as an example.
  • Step 1009 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b4 to the access network device 1 accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
  • the message b4 is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • Message b4 does not need to carry TAC.
  • step 1009 For the relevant content of step 1009, please refer to the relevant description of the aforementioned step 802.
  • the relevant content of the message b4 please refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned second message (for example, the message b4 can be the aforementioned second message), which will not be described again here.
  • Step 1010 Access network device one obtains the TAC of the cell of access network device one that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses: TAC #2.
  • step 1010 For the relevant content of step 1010, please refer to the relevant description of step 803, and the relevant content will not be described again here.
  • Step 1011 The access network device sends a response message of message b4 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • step 1011 For the relevant content of step 1011, please refer to the relevant description of step 804, which will not be described again.
  • Step 1012 The mobile relay sends broadcast message b5.
  • the broadcast message b5 includes TAC#2 and/or the cell identity of the cell of the DU entity.
  • TAC#2 the relevant content of step 1012, please refer to the relevant description of step 805, which will not be described again.
  • Step 1013 The MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the cell 2 of the access network device one.
  • the TAC of cell 2 is, for example, TAC#3.
  • the mobile relay may be in a mobile state.
  • the mobile relay moves from cell 1 to cell 2, the mobile relay needs to re-select a cell.
  • cell 2 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 2.
  • Step 1014 The access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the access network device can determine the TAC of the cell accessed by the moved MT entity of the mobile relay (for related content, please refer to the related information in step 704). Description), and determine the TAC of the cell that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses after moving as the current TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • step 1014 For the relevant content of step 1014, please refer to the relevant description of step 902, which will not be described again.
  • Step 1015 The access network device sends message b7 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
  • the message b7 includes TAC#3. It can also be understood that TAC#3 in message b7 is used to indicate that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is TAC#3.
  • Message b7 can be a configuration update message.
  • the configuration update message may be used to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the configuration update message can be written in English as gNB-CU configuration update.
  • step 1015 For the relevant content of step 1015, please refer to the relevant description of step 904, which will not be described again.
  • Step 1016 The mobile relay sends broadcast message b8.
  • the broadcast message b8 may include TAC#3 and/or the cell identity of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the content of step 1016 please refer to the relevant content of step 905, and will not be described again.
  • the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the access network device determines that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the TAC of cell 1.
  • the access network device sends the TAC of cell 2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay to notify the DU entity that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the cell. 2 TAC.
  • the access network device can again send the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity so that the DU entity can be updated. TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be dynamically updated, so that the network side can more accurately determine the terminal based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. The current location of the device.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay moves from access network device to access network device two.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay may be in the RRC connected state.
  • the MT entity of the mobile relay in the RRC connected state switches from the cell of the access network device one to the cell of the access network device two, and establishes an RRC connection with the access network device two.
  • the solution executed by the mobile relay and access network equipment may be similar to the solution from step 1009 to step 1012 in Figure 7, which will not be described again.
  • network element A when a certain network element (for example, network element A) receives information from another network element (for example, network element B), it may mean that network element A directly receives information from network element B. Receiving information may also refer to network element A receiving information from network element B via other network elements (for example, network element C).
  • network element C When network element A receives information from network element B via network element C, network element C can transparently transmit the information or process the information, for example, carry the information in different messages for transmission or filter the information. , and only sends the filtered information to network element A.
  • network element A when network element A sends information to network element B, it may mean that network element A sends information directly to network element B, or it may mean that network element A sends information to network element B via other network elements (for example, network C). element) sends information to network element B.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of this application may be used interchangeably.
  • “At least one” means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication The device may be a mobile relay MT entity, a mobile relay DU entity or an access network device, or may be a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in a mobile relay MT entity, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in a mobile relay DU entity. Chips or circuits, such as chips or circuits that can be installed in access network equipment.
  • the communication device can be used to execute the mobile relay MT entity, mobile relay in any of the related solutions in Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7. Method on the DU entity side or access network equipment side.
  • the communication device 1801 includes a processor 1802 and a transceiver 1803.
  • the communication device 1801 may include a memory 1804.
  • the dotted line on the memory 1804 in the figure further indicates that the memory is optional.
  • the communication device 1801 may further include a bus system, wherein the processor 1802, the memory 1804, and the transceiver 1803 may be connected through the bus system.
  • the above-mentioned processor 1802 may be a chip.
  • the processor 1802 can be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or It can be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller unit, MCU), or a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chip.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processing unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processing circuit
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor 1802 .
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor 1802.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1804.
  • the processor 1802 reads the information in the memory 1804 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the processor 1802 in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory 1804 in the embodiment of the present application can be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memories.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application please refer to the foregoing content and will not be described again here.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803:
  • Receive a first TAC from the access network device where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses.
  • a first TAC is sent to the DU entity; the first TAC is for the TAC of the cell that is the DU entity.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send a first message to the DU entity, where the first message includes the first TAC, the first The TAC is used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: before sending the first TAC to the DU entity, determine that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: according to the TAC, cell identity, access network equipment, geographical area information, or movement distance At least one of determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receiving a second broadcast message, where the second broadcast message includes the second TAC, the second cell The identifier or the identifier of the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell.
  • the MT entity After receiving the second broadcast message, the MT entity receives the first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes the first TAC, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device corresponding to the first cell.
  • the first TAC is different from the second TAC;
  • the identity of the first cell is different from the identity of the second cell; or,
  • the access network equipment corresponding to the first cell is different from the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: after receiving the second broadcast message, store the second TAC, the identity of the second cell, or The identifier of the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send the first indication information to the management device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the management device There is no need to configure TAC for the DU entity's cell.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to perform through the transceiver 1803: receiving the first TAC from the MT entity, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity. . Send the first TAC to the access network device, where the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the first TAC.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay DU entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send a third message to the access network device, where the third message includes the first TAC, The third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay DU entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: after receiving the first TAC from the MT entity, determine the first TAC as the DU entity.
  • the TAC of the community when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay DU entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: after receiving the first TAC from the MT entity, determine the first TAC as the DU entity.
  • the TAC of the community is the above-mentioned mobile relay DU entity.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay DU entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send the first indication information to the management device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the management device There is no need to configure TAC for the DU entity's cell.
  • the processor 1802 is configured to perform through the transceiver 1803: receiving a third message from the DU entity of the mobile relay, the third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity, the third message
  • the TAC of the cell including the first TAC and DU entity is the first TAC.
  • a response message of the third message is returned to the DU entity of the mobile relay, where the response message of the third message is used to indicate that the cell of the DU entity has been activated.
  • mobile relay is in The mobile relay is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, such as a DU entity of the mobile relay, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send the second indication information to the access network device, The second indication information instructs the access network device to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  • a first TAC is received from the access network device, the first TAC is for the TAC of the cell that is the DU entity.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: before receiving the first TAC from the access network device, send the MT entity to the access network device The identity of the MT entity is used to determine the first TAC.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: sending a second message to the access network device, where the second message requests activation of the cell of the DU entity, The second message includes second indication information.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: obtain the first TAC, where the first TAC is an access point accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The TAC of the first cell of the network-connected device. The first TAC is sent to the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the first TAC is for the TAC of the cell serving as the DU entity.
  • the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receiving the identity of the MT entity. Obtain the first TAC according to the identification of the MT entity.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to perform through the transceiver 1803: receiving second indication information, and the second indication information indicates that the access network device is a DU entity.
  • the cell is configured with TAC.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receive a second message from the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the second message requests activation of the DU. For the entity's cell, the second message does not contain TAC.
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: before sending the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, determine that the mobile relay has moved .
  • the processor 1802 when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: according to the TAC, cell identity, and geographical area of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay At least one of the information or the moving distance determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a communication device 1901 may include a communication interface 1903 and a processor 1902. Further, the communication device 1901 may include a memory 1904. The dotted line on memory 1904 in the figure further indicates that the memory is optional.
  • the communication interface 1903 is used to input and/or output information; the processor 1902 is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device 1901 implements the above-mentioned Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure Interested parties in any of Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7
  • the method on the mobile relay MT entity or mobile relay DU entity side in the case, or the communication device 1901 implements the above-mentioned Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 Methods on the access network device side in any of the related solutions.
  • the communication interface 1903 can implement the solution implemented by the transceiver 1803 of Figure 8
  • the processor 1902 can implement the solution implemented by the processor 1802 of Figure 8
  • the memory 1904 can implement the memory 1804 of Figure 8. The implemented solution will not be described again here.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 2001 can be a mobile relay MT entity, a mobile relay DU entity or an access network device. It may also be a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in a mobile relay MT entity, a mobile relay DU entity or an access network device.
  • the communication device 2001 includes a processing unit 2002 and a communication unit 2003. Further, the communication device 2001 may or may not include the storage unit 2004.
  • the memory unit 2004 in the figure is dotted to further indicate that the memory is optional.
  • the communication unit 2003 is used to input and/or output information; the processing unit 2002 is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device 2001 implements the above-mentioned Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or the method on the mobile relay DU entity side in any of the related solutions in Figure 6b or Figure 7, or the communication device 2001 implements the above-mentioned Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b , the method on the access network device side in any of the related solutions in Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7.
  • the communication unit 2003 can implement the solution implemented by the transceiver 1803 of Figure 8.
  • the processing unit 2002 can implement the solution implemented by the processor 1802 of Figure 8.
  • the storage unit 2004 can implement the memory of Figure 8. The solution implemented by 1804 will not be described again here.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code or instructions.
  • the computer program code or instructions When the computer program code or instructions are run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute Figure 2 , the method of any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 .
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable medium stores program code.
  • the program code When the program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute Figures 2 and 3a. , the method of any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 .
  • the present application also provides a chip system, and the chip system may include a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 method.
  • the chip system also includes a memory.
  • Memory is used to store computer programs (also called codes, or instructions).
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip system executes any one of Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 The method of any one of the embodiments shown in the item.
  • the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more mobile relays and access network equipment.
  • Mobile relay includes MT entity and DU entity.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • Computer instructions When computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • a computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or Other programmable devices.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g.
  • Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or other integrated media that contains one or more available media.
  • Usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks (SSD) )wait.
  • the second communication device in the above device embodiments corresponds to the second communication device or the first communication device in the first communication device and method embodiments, and corresponding steps are performed by corresponding modules or units, such as communication units (transceivers).
  • corresponding modules or units such as communication units (transceivers).
  • processing unit processing unit
  • a component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, a thread of execution, a program and/or a computer running on a processor.
  • applications running on the computing device and the computing device may be components.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. Additionally, these components can execute from various computer-readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component, such as a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet, which interacts with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component, such as a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet, which interacts with other systems via signals
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separate.
  • a component shown as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or it may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may The unit physically exists alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • Functions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium when implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products.

Abstract

A cell information configuration method and apparatus, and a readable storage medium and a chip system, which relate to the technical field of communications and are used for configuring a TAC for a mobile relay that has mobility. In the present application, a TAC of a cell of a DU entity of a mobile relay is a TAC of a cell of an access network device that an MT entity of the mobile relay accesses. In this way, a network side can determine, according to a TAC of a mobile relay that a terminal device accesses, a cell of an access network device that the mobile relay accesses, and can then determine the location of the terminal device that accesses the mobile relay.

Description

小区信息的配置方法、装置、可读存储介质及芯片系统Cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2022年03月25日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210307059.X、申请名称为“小区信息的配置方法、装置、可读存储介质及芯片系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of a Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on March 25, 2022, with the application number 202210307059. The entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种小区信息的配置方法、装置、可读存储介质及芯片系统。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system.
背景技术Background technique
为了提升网络容量和覆盖,提出了一种支持无线回传传输的中继节点用于实现密集网络的部署。把支持中继功能的设备简称为中继设备(也可以称位中继或中继节点),中继设备对接入其小区的终端提供与普通基站类似的功能和服务,中继设备与终端之间的通信链路称之为接入链路(access link)。中继设备通过无线接口以类似终端的方式接入一个服务于它的基站,该基站称为宿主基站(donor base station),中继设备和宿主基站之间的无线接口链路称为回传链路(backhaul link)。In order to improve network capacity and coverage, a relay node that supports wireless backhaul transmission is proposed to implement dense network deployment. Devices that support relay functions are referred to as relay devices (can also be called relays or relay nodes). Relay devices provide similar functions and services to ordinary base stations for terminals accessing their cells. Relay devices and terminals The communication link between them is called the access link. The relay device accesses a base station serving it in a terminal-like manner through a wireless interface. The base station is called a donor base station. The wireless interface link between the relay device and the donor base station is called a backhaul link. road (backhaul link).
第五代移动通信系统(the fifth generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)研究中提出了集成无线接入链路和无线回传链路的接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul,IAB)的节点。IAB节点可以通过其移动终端(mobile-termination,MT)功能接入网络,之后由操作维护管理(operations administration and maintenance,OAM)设备为该IAB节点配置小区信息,该小区信息可以包括为该IAB节点配置的跟踪区编码(tracking area code,TAC)。现有的IAB节点为地面上固定不动的中继设备。当终端设备接入该固定的IAB节点,网络侧可以根据该终端设备当前接入的IAB节点小区的TAC确定出该终端设备所处的位置。In the fifth generation (the fifth generation, 5G) new radio (NR) research, integrated access and backhaul (integrated access and backhaul) that integrates wireless access links and wireless backhaul links are proposed. IAB) node. The IAB node can access the network through its mobile terminal (MT) function, and then the operations administration and maintenance (OAM) device configures cell information for the IAB node. The cell information can include the IAB node. Configured tracking area code (TAC). Existing IAB nodes are fixed relay devices on the ground. When a terminal device accesses the fixed IAB node, the network side can determine the location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the IAB node cell currently accessed by the terminal device.
随着技术的发展,在很多应用场景中要求配置可以移动的中继设备。比如基于车载场景提出移动基站中继(mobile base station relay)(又称为车载中继(vehicle mounted relay,VMR)。该VMR节点可以配置在车内,可以随车辆移动。该VMR可以为车内或车附近的终端设备提供服务,可以理解为VMR节点就是具有移动能力的IAB节点,VMR也可以称为移动中继。With the development of technology, mobile relay devices are required in many application scenarios. For example, a mobile base station relay (also known as vehicle mounted relay (VMR)) is proposed based on the vehicle scenario. The VMR node can be configured in the vehicle and can move with the vehicle. The VMR can be in the vehicle Or the terminal equipment near the vehicle provides services. It can be understood that the VMR node is an IAB node with mobile capabilities. The VMR can also be called a mobile relay.
与现有的IAB架构类似,VMR节点可以通过无线接口以类似终端的方式接入一个服务于它的基站,该基站可以称为宿主基站(donor base station),中继设备和宿主基站之间的无线接口链路称为回传链路。此外,VMR节点还可以通过其MT功能接入网络,之后由OAM设备为该VMR节点配置小区信息。Similar to the existing IAB architecture, a VMR node can access a base station serving it through a wireless interface in a terminal-like manner. The base station can be called a donor base station. The link between the relay device and the donor base station is The wireless interface link is called the backhaul link. In addition, the VMR node can also access the network through its MT function, and then the OAM device configures cell information for the VMR node.
目前如何为具有移动能力的中继设备配置其小区信息,成为亟需解决的问题。 Currently, how to configure cell information for relay devices with mobile capabilities has become an urgent problem that needs to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法、装置、可读存储介质及芯片系统,用于为具有移动能力的中继设备配置其小区信息。This application provides a cell information configuration method, device, readable storage medium and chip system for configuring cell information for relay equipment with mobile capabilities.
第一方面,本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法,该方法可以由具有移动能力的中继设备或该中继设备内的单元、模块或芯片执行。为了容易理解,本申请实施例中将具有移动能力的中继设备称为移动中继。移动中继包括MT实体和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)实体。本申请以该方法由移动中继的MT实体执行为例进行示意。移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。该接入网设备也可以称为该移动中继的宿主基站。该方法包括:In a first aspect, this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a relay device with mobile capabilities or a unit, module or chip within the relay device. For easy understanding, in the embodiments of this application, the relay device with mobility capability is called a mobile relay. Mobile relay includes MT entities and distributed unit (DU) entities. This application takes the method being executed by the MT entity of the mobile relay as an example for illustration. The mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment. The access network device may also be called the host base station of the mobile relay. The method includes:
MT实体接收来自接入网设备的第一TAC。第一TAC为MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。MT实体向DU实体发送第一TAC。第一TAC用于作为DU实体的小区的TAC。The MT entity receives the first TAC from the access network device. The first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses. The MT entity sends the first TAC to the DU entity. The first TAC is the TAC of the cell that is the DU entity.
为了说明该方法带来的有益效果,下面介绍一种对比方案,该对比方案中移动中继的TAC并不是根据该移动中继的位置信息确定的。举个例子:管理设备为移动中继的小区配置一个固定的TAC,比如为TAC#1。移动中继位于第一位置,移动中继3发出的广播消息中包括的TAC为TAC#1。当移动中继从第一位置移动至第二位置(比如第一位置对应的小区和第二位置对应的小区不同),移动中继3的TAC未发生变化,该移动中继3发出的广播消息中包括的TAC依然为TAC#1。由于对于接入移动中继的终端设备而言,该终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC一直为TAC#1。因此即使移动中继已经移动至第二位置,但是网络侧可能仍然认为该移动中继处于第一位置,继而确定接入该移动中继的终端设备也处于第一位置附近。可见,为移动中继配置一个固定的TAC会导致网络侧为接入该移动中继的UE确定出错误的位置信息。In order to illustrate the beneficial effects brought by this method, a comparison scheme is introduced below. In this comparison scheme, the TAC of the mobile relay is not determined based on the location information of the mobile relay. For example: the management device configures a fixed TAC for the mobile relay cell, such as TAC#1. The mobile relay is located at the first position, and the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by mobile relay 3 is TAC#1. When the mobile relay moves from the first position to the second position (for example, the cell corresponding to the first position is different from the cell corresponding to the second position), the TAC of mobile relay 3 does not change, and the broadcast message sent by mobile relay 3 The TAC included in is still TAC#1. Because for a terminal device that accesses the mobile relay, the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device accesses is always TAC#1. Therefore, even if the mobile relay has moved to the second position, the network side may still think that the mobile relay is at the first position, and then determine that the terminal device accessing the mobile relay is also near the first position. It can be seen that configuring a fixed TAC for the mobile relay will cause the network side to determine incorrect location information for the UE accessing the mobile relay.
而本申请实施例中,由于移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC是该移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,因此网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继所接入的接入网设备的小区,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的该终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。In the embodiment of the present application, since the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network element, network side equipment) , device, etc.) can determine the cell of the access network device that the mobile relay is connected to based on the TAC of the mobile relay that the terminal device is connected to, and then can more accurately determine the terminal device that is connected to the mobile relay. Current location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
在一种可能的实施方式中,MT实体向DU实体发送的第一TAC可以承载于第一消息中,比如MT实体向DU实体发送第一消息,第一消息包括第一TAC。第一TAC用于指示DU实体将第一TAC作为DU实体的小区的TAC。如此,DU实体接收到第一消息之后,可以确定DU实体的小区的TAC需更新为第一TAC。In a possible implementation, the first TAC sent by the MT entity to the DU entity may be carried in the first message. For example, the MT entity sends the first message to the DU entity, and the first message includes the first TAC. The first TAC is used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. In this way, after receiving the first message, the DU entity can determine that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity needs to be updated to the first TAC.
在一种可能的实施方式中,MT实体确定移动中继发生移动的情况下,MT实体向DU实体发送第一TAC。由于MT实体在确定移动中继发生移动之后向DU实体发送MT实体接入的小区的TAC,因此可以使DU实体将DU实体的小区的TAC更新为移动后移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的TAC,从而可以达到动态为移动中继配置TAC的效果,继而网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC较为准确的确定出终端设备当前所在的位置。 In a possible implementation, when the MT entity determines that the mobile relay has moved, the MT entity sends the first TAC to the DU entity. Since the MT entity sends the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity after determining that the mobile relay has moved, the DU entity can be caused to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity to the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay after the movement. TAC of the cell, thereby achieving the effect of dynamically configuring TAC for the mobile relay, and then the network side can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,MT实体根据MT实体接入小区的TAC、小区标识或接入网设备的标识中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动。举个例子,MT实体接收第二接入网设备的第二小区的第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括第三TAC、第二小区的标识或第二接入设备的标识中的至少一项。在MT实体接收第二广播消息之后,MT实体接收第一接入网设备的第一小区的第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括第一接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC、第一小区的标识,或第一接入网设备的标识中的至少一项。MT实体在确定满足以下内容中的至少一项的情况下,确定MT实体发生移动:第二TAC与第三TAC不同,或者,第一小区的标识与第二小区的标识不同,或,第一接入设备的标识与第二接入设备的标识不同。In a possible implementation manner, the MT entity determines that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity, the cell identity, or the identity of the access network device. For example, the MT entity receives a second broadcast message from the second cell of the second access network device. The second broadcast message includes at least one of the third TAC, the identity of the second cell, or the identity of the second access device. . After the MT entity receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity receives the first broadcast message of the first cell of the first access network device, where the first broadcast message includes the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device, the At least one of the identification of a cell or the identification of the first access network device. The MT entity determines that the MT entity moves when it determines that at least one of the following contents is satisfied: the second TAC is different from the third TAC, or the identity of the first cell is different from the identity of the second cell, or, the first The identifier of the access device is different from the identifier of the second access device.
可以看出,MT实体在不同的小区会接收到广播消息,继而MT实体可以根据广播消息中携带的信息确定MT实体是否发生移动,继而在确定发生了移动的情况下,向DU实体上报位置信息。It can be seen that the MT entity will receive broadcast messages in different cells, and then the MT entity can determine whether the MT entity has moved based on the information carried in the broadcast message, and then report the location information to the DU entity when it is determined that movement has occurred. .
值得说明的是,本申请中,MT实体为了将移动中继移动前后MT实体接入小区的TAC、小区标识或接入网设备的标识中的至少一项进行对比,MT实体可以将移动中继的MT实体接入小区的TAC、小区标识或接入网设备的标识中的至少一项进行存储,比如MT实体接收到第二广播消息之后,可以存储第二广播消息包括的第三TAC、第二小区的标识或第二接入设备的标识中的至少一项。It is worth noting that in this application, in order to compare at least one of the TAC, the cell identity or the identity of the access network device of the MT entity's access cell before and after the mobile relay moves, the MT entity can compare the mobile relay The MT entity stores at least one of the TAC of the access cell, the cell identity, or the identity of the access network device. For example, after receiving the second broadcast message, the MT entity may store the third TAC and the third TAC included in the second broadcast message. At least one of the identity of the second cell or the identity of the second access device.
另一方面,MT实体根据第一接入网设备的第一小区的第二TAC,第一小区的标识,或第一接入网设备的标识中的至少一项确定移动中继是否发生移动,也可以避免MT实体频繁上报MT实体所接入的小区的TAC。比如MT实体始终处于移动状态,但是并不是MT实体移动任何距离都会向DU实体上报MT实体所接入的小区的TAC,而是移动设备的移动需要满足预设移动范围才向DU实体上报MT实体所接入的小区的TAC。比如移动设备移动出当前所接入的小区,则移动设备的移动满足预设移动范围。而MT实体在确定接入的小区的TAC、小区标识、接入的接入网设备中的至少一项发生变化的情况下,MT实体可能移出了当前所接入的小区,因此MT实体根据MT实体接入小区的TAC、小区标识、接入的接入网设备中的至少一项确定MT实体发生移动时,MT实体的移动较大程度会满足预设移动范围,因此,MT实体在根据MT实体接入小区的TAC、小区标识、接入的接入网设备中的至少一项确定MT实体发生移动的情况下上报MT实体所接入的小区的TAC。On the other hand, the MT entity determines whether the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the second TAC of the first cell of the first access network device, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the first access network device, It can also prevent the MT entity from frequently reporting the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity accesses. For example, the MT entity is always in a mobile state, but it does not mean that the MT entity will report the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity whenever the MT entity moves. Instead, the movement of the mobile device needs to meet the preset movement range before reporting the MT entity to the DU entity. TAC of the accessed cell. For example, if the mobile device moves out of the cell it is currently accessed, the movement of the mobile device satisfies the preset movement range. When the MT entity determines that at least one of the TAC, cell identity, and access network equipment of the accessed cell changes, the MT entity may move out of the currently accessed cell. Therefore, the MT entity may At least one of the TAC of the cell where the entity accesses, the cell identity, and the access network equipment that the entity accesses determines that when the MT entity moves, the movement of the MT entity will satisfy the preset movement range to a large extent. Therefore, the MT entity moves according to the MT At least one of the TAC of the cell to which the entity accesses, the cell identifier, and the access network device to which the entity accesses determines that the MT entity reports the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity accesses when it is determined that the MT entity has moved.
又一种可能的实施方式中,可以设置预设移动范围,当MT实体确定MT实体的移动满足预设移动范围,则MT实体上报位置信息。比如,预设移动范围可以包括以下内容中的至少一项:MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化、MT实体所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化,或MT实体所接入的接入网设备发生变化。In another possible implementation, a preset movement range can be set. When the MT entity determines that the movement of the MT entity satisfies the preset movement range, the MT entity reports location information. For example, the preset mobility range may include at least one of the following: a change in the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity is accessed, a change in the cell identity of the cell to which the MT entity is accessed, or a change in the cell to which the MT entity is accessed. Network equipment has changed.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。这种情况下,当MT实体在确定接入的小区的TAC发生变化,MT实体可以向DU实体发送MT实体所接入的小区的TAC。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity changes. In this case, when the TAC of the cell that the MT entity determines to access changes, the MT entity may send the TAC of the cell that the MT entity accesses to the DU entity.
又一种可能的实施方式中的,当MT实体确定移动中级的移动未满足预设移动范围,则MT实体可以不向DU实体发送MT实体所接入的小区的TAC。In another possible implementation, when the MT entity determines that the mobility of the intermediate mobile level does not meet the preset mobility range, the MT entity may not send the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。这种情况下,当MT实体确定接入的小区的TAC未发生变化,有可能MT实体的移动量较小,这种情况 下,可以允许MT实体不向DU实体发送MT实体所接入的小区的TAC,如此,可以避免MT实体频繁向DU实体发送MT实体所接入的小区的TAC,可以降低信令消耗量。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity changes. In this case, when the MT entity determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, it is possible that the movement amount of the MT entity is small. In this case Under this condition, the MT entity may be allowed not to send the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity is connected to the DU entity. In this way, the MT entity may be prevented from frequently sending the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity is connected to the DU entity, and signaling consumption may be reduced.
再举个例子,预设移动范围包括:MT实体所接入的接入网设备的标识发生变化。这种情况下,当MT实体确定接入的接入网设备的标识未发生变化,有可能MT实体的移动量较小,这种情况下,可以允许MT实体不向DU实体发送MT实体所接入的小区的TAC,如此,可以避免MT实体频繁上报MT实体的位置信息,可以降低信令消耗量。For another example, the preset movement range includes: the identity of the access network device accessed by the MT entity changes. In this case, when the MT entity determines that the identity of the access network device has not changed, it is possible that the movement amount of the MT entity is small. In this case, the MT entity may be allowed not to send the received data of the MT entity to the DU entity. TAC of the incoming cell. In this way, the MT entity can avoid frequently reporting the location information of the MT entity, and the signaling consumption can be reduced.
在一种可能的实施方式中,MT实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示管理设备无需为DU实体的小区配置TAC。In a possible implementation, the MT entity sends first indication information to the management device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell.
由于管理设备不再为DU实体的小区配置TAC,因此其它设备(比如DU实体)可以确定该DU实体的小区的TAC。也可以理解为MT实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,从而使管理设备可以不需要为DU实体的小区配置TAC,该步骤可以为后续DU实体确定DU实体的小区的TAC奠定基础。Since the management device no longer configures the TAC for the cell of the DU entity, other devices (such as the DU entity) can determine the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. It can also be understood that the MT entity sends the first indication information to the management device, so that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell. This step can lay the foundation for the subsequent DU entity to determine the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
第二方面,本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法,该方法可以由移动中继或该移动中继内的单元、模块或芯片执行。为了容易理解,本申请实施例中将具有移动能力的中继设备称为移动中继。移动中继包括MT实体和DU实体。本申请以该方法由移动中继的DU实体执行为例进行示意。移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。该方法包括:In the second aspect, this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a mobile relay or a unit, module or chip within the mobile relay. For easy understanding, in the embodiments of this application, the relay device with mobility capability is called a mobile relay. Mobile relay includes MT entity and DU entity. This application takes the method being executed by the DU entity of the mobile relay as an example for illustration. The mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment. The method includes:
DU实体从MT实体接收第一TAC,第一TAC为MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。DU实体向接入网设备发送第一TAC,其中,DU实体的小区的TAC为第一TAC。The DU entity receives the first TAC from the MT entity, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses. The DU entity sends the first TAC to the access network device, where the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the first TAC.
需要注意的是,MT实体接入的接入网设备和用于接收来自DU实体的第一TAC的接入网设备可以是相同的接入网设备,也可以是两个不同的接入网设备,本申请不做限定,为了便于理解,本申请中部分内容以该两个接入网设备为同一个接入网设备为例进行介绍。It should be noted that the access network device accessed by the MT entity and the access network device used to receive the first TAC from the DU entity may be the same access network device, or they may be two different access network devices. , this application does not limit it. In order to facilitate understanding, part of the content in this application is introduced by taking the two access network devices as the same access network device as an example.
由于移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC是该移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,因此网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继所接入的接入网设备的小区,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。Since the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) The TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay is currently located can be determined more accurately. Location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
在一种可能的实施方式中,DU实体从MT实体接收第一TAC之后,DU实体将第一TAC确定为DU实体的小区的TAC。由于DU实体将DU实体的小区的TAC确定为该移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,因此网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继所接入的接入网设备的小区,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, after the DU entity receives the first TAC from the MT entity, the DU entity determines the first TAC as the TAC of the DU entity's cell. Since the DU entity determines the TAC of the cell of the DU entity as the TAC of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) can determine the TAC of the cell according to the terminal The TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay is currently located can be determined more accurately. Location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
在一种可能的实施方式中,DU实体向接入网设备发送第三消息,第三消息包括第一TAC,第三消息用于请求激活DU实体的小区。可以看出,DU实体在请求接入网设备激 活给DU实体的小区的时候将第一TAC发送至接入网设备,以便接入网设备激活后的DU实体的小区的TAC为第一TAC。如此,在DU实体初始激活DU实体小区的情况下便可以将DU实体的小区的TAC设置为该MT实体接入的小区的TAC,从而网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继所接入的接入网设备的小区,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。In a possible implementation manner, the DU entity sends a third message to the access network device, where the third message includes the first TAC, and the third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity. It can be seen that the DU entity is requesting the access network device to activate When activated to the cell of the DU entity, the first TAC is sent to the access network device, so that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity after activation by the access network device is the first TAC. In this way, when the DU entity initially activates the DU entity cell, the TAC of the DU entity's cell can be set to the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity, so that the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) The cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected can be determined based on the TAC of the mobile relay to which the terminal device is connected, and then the terminal device to the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be determined more accurately. Current location.
在一种可能的实施方式中,DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示管理设备无需为DU实体的小区配置TAC。In a possible implementation, the DU entity sends first indication information to the management device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell.
由于管理设备不再为DU实体的小区配置TAC,因此其它设备(比如DU实体)可以确定该DU实体的小区的TAC。也可以理解为DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,从而使管理设备可以不需要为DU实体的小区配置TAC,该步骤为DU实体确定DU实体的小区的TAC奠定基础。Since the management device no longer configures the TAC for the cell of the DU entity, other devices (such as the DU entity) can determine the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. It can also be understood that the DU entity sends the first indication information to the management device, so that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell. This step lays the foundation for the DU entity to determine the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
第三方面,本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法,该方法可以由移动中继或该移动中继内的单元、模块或芯片执行。移动中继包括MT实体和DU实体。本申请以该方法由移动中继执行为例进行示意。移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。该方法包括:In a third aspect, this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a mobile relay or a unit, module or chip within the mobile relay. Mobile relay includes MT entity and DU entity. This application takes the method executed by a mobile relay as an example for illustration. The mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment. The method includes:
移动中继的MT实体接收来自接入网设备的第一TAC。第一TAC为MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。移动中继的MT实体向移动中继的DU实体发送第一TAC。移动中继的DU实体从MT实体接收第一TAC。DU实体向接入网设备发送第一TAC。其中,DU实体的小区的TAC为第一TAC。The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the access network device. The first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses. The MT entity of the mobile relay sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay. The DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the MT entity. The DU entity sends the first TAC to the access network device. The TAC of the DU entity's cell is the first TAC.
由于移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC是该移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,因此网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继所接入的接入网设备的小区,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。Since the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) The TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay is currently located can be determined more accurately. Location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
第四方面,本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法,该方法可以由移动中继或该移动中继内的单元、模块或芯片执行。移动中继包括MT实体和DU实体。本申请以该方法由移动中继执行为例进行示意。移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。该方法包括:In the fourth aspect, this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by a mobile relay or a unit, module or chip within the mobile relay. Mobile relay includes MT entity and DU entity. This application takes the method executed by a mobile relay as an example for illustration. The mobile relay is in a moving state, and is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment. The method includes:
移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示接入网设备为DU实体的小区配置TAC。移动中继的DU实体接收来自接入网设备的第一TAC,第一TAC用于作为DU实体的小区的TAC。第一TAC为移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。其中,移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。The DU entity of the mobile relay sends second instruction information to the access network device, and the second instruction information instructs the access network device to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity. The DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the access network device, and the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell serving as the DU entity. The first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses. Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
由于移动中继向接入网设备发送第二指示信息,因此接入网设备可以为DU实体的小区配置TAC。又由于移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC是该移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,因此网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终 端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继所接入的接入网设备的小区,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。Since the mobile relay sends the second indication information to the access network device, the access network device can configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity. And since the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) can be based on end The TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device determines the cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay, and then can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity accessed by the mobile relay. s position. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
在一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的DU实体接收来自接入网设备的第一TAC之前,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送MT实体的标识;MT实体的标识用于确定第一TAC。In a possible implementation, before the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the access network device, the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the identifier of the MT entity to the access network device; the identifier of the MT entity is used to Determine the first TAC.
移动中继可以将MT实体的标识发送给接入网设备,以便接入网设备可以根据MT实体的标识查询出该MT实体接入的小区的TAC。The mobile relay may send the identity of the MT entity to the access network device, so that the access network device can query the TAC of the cell to which the MT entity accesses based on the identity of the MT entity.
在一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送第二指示信息,包括:移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息请求激活DU实体的小区,第二消息包括第二指示信息。In a possible implementation, the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the second indication information to the access network device, including: the DU entity of the mobile relay sends a second message to the access network device, and the second message requests activation of the DU The second message includes the second indication information of the entity's cell.
如此,接入网设备在为DU实体激活该DU实体的小区的情况下,可以为该DU实体的小区分配TAC。如此,DU实体的小区在初始激活时,其TAC就可以被配置为该MT实体接入的小区的TAC,因此网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继所接入的接入网设备的小区,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。In this way, when the access network device activates the cell of the DU entity for the DU entity, it may allocate a TAC to the cell of the DU entity. In this way, when the DU entity's cell is initially activated, its TAC can be configured as the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity. Therefore, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) can access according to the terminal equipment. The TAC of the mobile relay determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the current location of the terminal device connected to the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be determined relatively accurately. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第二消息不包含TAC。由于接入网设备可以为DU实体的小区分配TAC,因此第二消息中不必携带TAC,可以减少第二消息中的数据量。In a possible implementation, the second message does not contain TAC. Since the access network device can allocate TAC to the cell of the DU entity, the second message does not need to carry the TAC, which can reduce the amount of data in the second message.
另外,用于请求激活DU实体的小区的第二消息中不包括TAC,也可以理解为一个指示信息,即当接入网设备接收到用于激活DU实体的小区的第二消息,当确定第二消息中不包括TAC的情况下,可以为该DU实体的小区分配TAC。In addition, the second message for requesting to activate the cell of the DU entity does not include the TAC, which can also be understood as an indication message. That is, when the access network device receives the second message for requesting to activate the cell of the DU entity, when it determines that the If the TAC is not included in the second message, the TAC may be allocated to the cell of the DU entity.
又一种可能的实施方式中,在用于请求激活DU实体的小区的第二消息中包括TAC的情况下,接入网设备可以不必为该DU实体的小区分配TAC。该实施方式仅仅为一种可选的实施方式。又一种可能的实施方式中,在用于请求激活DU实体的小区的第二消息中包括TAC的情况下,接入网设备也可以忽略该TAC,重新为该DU实体的小区分配TAC。In another possible implementation, when the second message for requesting activation of the cell of the DU entity includes a TAC, the access network device may not need to allocate a TAC to the cell of the DU entity. This implementation is only an optional implementation. In another possible implementation, when the second message for requesting activation of the cell of the DU entity includes a TAC, the access network device may also ignore the TAC and re-allocate a TAC to the cell of the DU entity.
第五方面,本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法,该方法可以由具有接入网设备或该接入网设备内的单元、模块或芯片执行。本申请以该方法由接入网设备执行为例进行示意。该方法包括:In a fifth aspect, this application provides a method for configuring cell information, which method can be executed by an access network device or a unit, module or chip within the access network device. This application takes the method executed by the access network device as an example for illustration. The method includes:
接入网设备接收来自移动中继的DU实体的第三消息,第三消息用于请求激活DU实体的小区,第三消息包括第一TAC,DU实体的小区的TAC为第一TAC。接入网设备向移动中继的DU实体返回第三消息的响应消息,第三消息的响应消息用于指示DU实体的小区已激活。其中,移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。The access network device receives a third message from the DU entity of the mobile relay. The third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity. The third message includes the first TAC, and the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the first TAC. The access network device returns a response message of the third message to the DU entity of the mobile relay, where the response message of the third message is used to indicate that the cell of the DU entity has been activated. Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一TAC为移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。由于移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC是该移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,因此网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继所接入的接入网设备的小区,继而可以较为 准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。In a possible implementation, the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses. Since the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) The TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and can then be compared Accurately determine the current location of the terminal equipment in the cell that accesses the DU entity of the mobile relay. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
第六方面,本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法,本申请提供一种小区信息的配置方法,该方法可以由具有接入网设备或该接入网设备内的单元、模块或芯片执行。本申请以该方法由接入网设备执行为例进行示意。该方法包括:In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a method for configuring cell information. The present application provides a method for configuring cell information. The method can be executed by an access network device or a unit, module or chip within the access network device. This application takes the method executed by the access network device as an example for illustration. The method includes:
接入网设备获取第一TAC,第一TAC为移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。接入网设备向移动中继的DU实体发送第一TAC,第一TAC用于作为DU实体的小区的TAC。其中,移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。The access network device obtains the first TAC, which is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses. The access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell serving as the DU entity. Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
由于移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC是该移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,因此网络侧(比如网元、网络侧的设备、装置等)可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC确定出该移动中继所接入的接入网设备的小区,继而可以较为准确的确定出接入该移动中继的DU实体的小区的终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请提供的小区信息配置方法可以为具有移动能力的中继配置小区配置信息。Since the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay is the TAC of the cell of the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side (such as network elements, network side equipment, devices, etc.) The TAC of the mobile relay to which the device is connected determines the cell of the access network device to which the mobile relay is connected, and then the terminal device in the cell of the DU entity that accesses the mobile relay is currently located can be determined more accurately. Location. It can be seen that the cell information configuration method provided by this application can configure cell configuration information for a relay with mobility capabilities.
在一种可能的实施方式中,接入网设备接收MT实体的标识。接入网设备根据MT实体的标识,获取第一TAC。In a possible implementation, the access network device receives the identity of the MT entity. The access network device obtains the first TAC according to the identification of the MT entity.
相关有益效果以及描述可以参见前述第四方面的相关内容,不再赘述。Relevant beneficial effects and descriptions can be found in the relevant content of the fourth aspect mentioned above, and will not be described again.
在一种可能的实施方式中,接入网设备接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示接入网设备为DU实体的小区配置TAC。In a possible implementation, the access network device receives second indication information, and the second indication information instructs the access network device to configure a TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
相关有益效果以及描述可以参见前述第四方面的相关内容,不再赘述。Relevant beneficial effects and descriptions can be found in the relevant content of the fourth aspect mentioned above, and will not be described again.
在一种可能的实施方式中,接入网设备接收来自移动中继的DU实体的第二消息,第二消息请求激活DU实体的小区。第二消息可以包括第一指示信息和/或MT实体的标识。相关有益效果以及描述可以参见前述第四方面的相关内容,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the access network device receives a second message from the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the second message requests activation of the cell of the DU entity. The second message may include the first indication information and/or the identity of the MT entity. Relevant beneficial effects and descriptions can be found in the relevant content of the fourth aspect mentioned above, and will not be described again.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第二消息不包含TAC。相关有益效果以及描述可以参见前述第四方面的相关内容,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the second message does not contain TAC. Relevant beneficial effects and descriptions can be found in the relevant content of the fourth aspect mentioned above, and will not be described again.
在一种可能的实施方式中,接入网设备向移动中继的DU实体发送第一TAC之前,接入网设备确定移动中继发生移动。In a possible implementation, before the access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved.
相关有益效果以及描述与前述第一方面MT实体确定移动中继发生移动的相关内容类似,不再赘述。Relevant beneficial effects and descriptions are similar to those related to the first aspect in which the MT entity determines that the mobile relay has moved, and will not be described again.
在一种可能的实施方式中,接入网设备根据移动中继的MT实体接入的小区的TAC、小区标识、地理区域信息,或移动距离中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动。In a possible implementation, the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the TAC, cell identity, geographical area information, or movement distance of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
相关有益效果以及描述与前述第一方面MT实体确定移动中继发生移动的相关内容类似,不再赘述。 Relevant beneficial effects and descriptions are similar to those related to the first aspect in which the MT entity determines that the mobile relay has moved, and will not be described again.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述移动中继或管理设备,该通信装置可以包括通信单元和处理单元,以执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一种方法中的任一种实施方式。通信单元用于执行与发送和接收相关的功能。可选地,通信单元包括接收单元和发送单元。在一种设计中,通信装置为通信芯片,处理单元可以时一个或多个处理器或处理器核心,通信单元可以为通信芯片的输入输出电路或者端口。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device. The communication device may include a communication unit and a processing unit to perform any one of the methods in the first to sixth aspects. any implementation. The communication unit is used to perform functions related to sending and receiving. Optionally, the communication unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. In one design, the communication device is a communication chip, the processing unit may be one or more processors or processor cores, and the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or port of the communication chip.
在另一种设计中,通信单元可以为发射器和接收器,或者通信单元为发射机和接收机。In another design, the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver, or the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver.
可选的,通信装置还包括可用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一种方法中的任一种实施方式的各个模块。Optionally, the communication device further includes various modules that can be used to perform any one of the implementation methods of any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述移动中继或管理设备,该通信装置可以包括处理器和存储器。可选的,还包括收发器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序或指令,当处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一种方法中的任一种实施方式。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device. The communication device may include a processor and a memory. Optionally, a transceiver is also included, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instructions from the memory. When the processor executes the computer program or instructions in the memory, the The communication device performs any one of the implementation methods of any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects.
可选的,处理器为一个或多个,存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选的,存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,或者存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be provided separately from the processor.
可选的,收发器中可以包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the transceiver may include a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述移动中继或管理设备,该通信装置可以包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行第一方面至第六方面任一方面,以及第一方面至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device, and the communication device may include a processor. The processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects and the method in any possible implementation manner of the first to sixth aspects. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为无线通信设备时,通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。In one implementation, when the communication device is a wireless communication device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface. Alternatively, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Alternatively, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
在又一种实现方式中,当该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统时,通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another implementation, when the communication device is a chip or a chip system, the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system, etc. . A processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
第十方面,提供了一种系统,系统包括上述移动中继和管理设备。移动中继可以包括DU实体和MT实体。In a tenth aspect, a system is provided, which includes the above-mentioned mobile relay and management equipment. Mobile relay may include DU entities and MT entities.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一种实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (which can also be called a code, or an instruction). When the computer program is run, it causes the computer to perform any one of the possibilities in the first aspect. The method in the implementation mode, or causing the computer to execute the method in the implementation mode of any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一种实现方式中 的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable medium stores a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction). When run on a computer, the computer-readable medium causes the computer to execute any of the above-mentioned aspects of the first aspect. A method in a possible implementation, or causing the computer to execute any of the implementations of the first to sixth aspects above Methods.
第十三方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统可以包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行第一方面至第六方面中任一方面,以及第一方面至第六方面中任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该芯片系统还包括存储器。存储器,用于存储计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)。处理器,用于从存储器调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有芯片系统的设备执行第一方面至第六方面中任一方面,以及第一方面至第六方面中任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, which may include a processor. The processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects, and any method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the first to sixth aspects. Optionally, the chip system also includes a memory. Memory is used to store computer programs (also called codes, or instructions). The processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip system executes any one of the first to sixth aspects, and any one of the first to sixth aspects possible. Methods in the implementation.
第十四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述移动中继或管理设备,该通信装置可以包括:接口电路和处理电路。接口电路可以包括输入电路和输出电路。处理电路用于通过输入电路接收信号,并通过输出电路发射信号,使得第一方面至第六方面任一方面,以及第一方面至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法被实现。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the above-mentioned mobile relay or management device. The communication device may include: an interface circuit and a processing circuit. Interface circuits may include input circuits and output circuits. The processing circuit is configured to receive signals through the input circuit and transmit signals through the output circuit, so that the method in any one of the first to sixth aspects and any possible implementation manner of the first to sixth aspects is implemented.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理装置可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processing device may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, the receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output A circuit may be the same circuit that functions as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. This application does not limit the specific implementation methods of the processor and various circuits.
在一种实现方式中,当通信装置是无线通信设备,其中,无线通信设备可以是诸如智能手机这样的终端,也可以是诸如基站这样的无线接入网设备。接口电路可以为无线通信设备中的射频处理芯片,处理电路可以为无线通信设备中的基带处理芯片。In one implementation, when the communication device is a wireless communication device, the wireless communication device may be a terminal such as a smartphone or a wireless access network device such as a base station. The interface circuit may be a radio frequency processing chip in the wireless communication device, and the processing circuit may be a baseband processing chip in the wireless communication device.
在又一种实现方式中,通信装置可以是无线通信设备中的部分器件,如系统芯片或通信芯片等集成电路产品。接口电路可以为该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。处理电路可以为该芯片上的逻辑电路。In yet another implementation manner, the communication device may be a part of a wireless communication device, such as an integrated circuit product such as a system chip or a communication chip. The interface circuit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system, etc. The processing circuitry may be logic circuitry on the chip.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1a为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的应用场景示意图;Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图1b为本申请实施例可能适用的一种网络架构示意图;Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which embodiments of the present application may be applicable;
图1c为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的系统架构示意图;Figure 1c is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图1d为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的系统架构示意图;Figure 1d is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 3a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3b为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 3b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4a为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 4a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4b为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 4b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 6a is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6b为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图;Figure 6b is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图; Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of another possible cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的装置的一种可能的结构示意图;Figure 8 is a possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的装置的另一种可能的结构示意图;Figure 9 is another possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的装置的一种可能的结构示意图。Figure 10 is a possible structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例进行详细描述。The embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1a示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的一种可能的应用场景示意图,如图1a所示,该场景中包括一个或多个接入网设备,图1a中以接入网设备包括基站1和基站2为例进行示意。基站1包括小区101和小区102,基站2包括小区103。Figure 1a exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1a, this scenario includes one or more access network devices. In Figure 1a, the access network device includes a base station. 1 and base station 2 are taken as examples for illustration. Base station 1 includes cell 101 and cell 102, and base station 2 includes cell 103.
如图1a所示,该场景中包括移动中继3。移动中继3在接入网络时需要进行小区选择,后续在该小区发起随机接入,移动中继3接入的小区所对应的接入网设备可以称为宿主基站。图1a中以移动中继3为车载中继进行示意。图1a中示出了该移动中继3的一种可能的行车路径,依据该行车路径,该移动中继3可以依次接入基站1的小区101、基站1的小区102和基站2的小区103。As shown in Figure 1a, this scenario includes mobile relay 3. Mobile relay 3 needs to perform cell selection when accessing the network, and subsequently initiates random access in the cell. The access network equipment corresponding to the cell accessed by mobile relay 3 can be called a host base station. In Figure 1a, mobile relay 3 is used as a vehicle-mounted relay for illustration. Figure 1a shows a possible driving path of the mobile relay 3. According to the driving path, the mobile relay 3 can sequentially access the cell 101 of the base station 1, the cell 102 of the base station 1 and the cell 103 of the base station 2. .
另一方面,移动中继可以为其它终端设备提供接入服务。图1a中以终端设备为用户设备(user equipment,UE)为例进行展示,如图1a所示,UE可以接入网移动中继3的小区。UE可以为乘坐于部署有移动中继3的车辆上的乘客的终端设备,当然也可能是位于其它位置的终端设备,本申请实施例不做限制。图1a中示出的三个UE中的任意两个UE可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。On the other hand, mobile relay can provide access services for other terminal devices. In Figure 1a, the terminal device is user equipment (UE) as an example. As shown in Figure 1a, the UE can access the cell of mobile relay 3. The UE may be a terminal device of a passenger riding on a vehicle in which the mobile relay 3 is deployed. Of course, it may also be a terminal device located at other locations, which is not limited by the embodiment of this application. Any two UEs among the three UEs shown in Figure 1a may be the same or different, and are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
由于移动中继3具有移动能力,因此若采用为移动中继3配置一个固定TAC(比如TAC#1)的方案,则会导致如下问题:Since mobile relay 3 has mobile capabilities, if the solution of configuring a fixed TAC (such as TAC#1) for mobile relay 3 is adopted, the following problems will occur:
移动中继3位于第一位置(第一位置比如为基站1的小区101的覆盖区域内的一个位置),移动中继3发出的广播消息中包括的TAC为TAC#1。当移动中继从基站1的小区101移动至第二位置(第二位置比如为基站1的小区102或基站2的小区103的覆盖区域内的一个位置),移动中继3的TAC未发生变化,该移动中继3发出的广播消息中包括的TAC依然为TAC#1。由于对于接入移动中继3的UE而言,该UE接入的移动中继3的TAC为TAC#1。因此即使移动中继已经移动至第二位置,但是网络侧可能仍然认为该移动中继3处于第一位置,继而确定接入该移动中继3的UE也处于第一位置附近。可见,为移动中继3配置一个固定的TAC会导致网络侧为接入该移动中继的UE确定出错误的位置信息。The mobile relay 3 is located at a first location (the first location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of the cell 101 of the base station 1), and the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay 3 is TAC#1. When the mobile relay moves from the cell 101 of base station 1 to a second location (the second location is, for example, a location within the coverage area of cell 102 of base station 1 or cell 103 of base station 2), the TAC of mobile relay 3 does not change. , the TAC included in the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay 3 is still TAC#1. Because for a UE accessing mobile relay 3, the TAC of mobile relay 3 accessed by the UE is TAC#1. Therefore, even if the mobile relay has moved to the second position, the network side may still think that the mobile relay 3 is at the first position, and then determine that the UE accessing the mobile relay 3 is also near the first position. It can be seen that configuring a fixed TAC for mobile relay 3 will cause the network side to determine incorrect location information for UEs accessing the mobile relay.
而针对该问题,本申请实施例旨在将中移动中继3的TAC作为移动中继3接入的接入网的小区的TAC,因此当UE接入移动中继3的小区之后,UE可以获取到移动中继3的小区的TAC。继而网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC较为准确的确定出终端设备当前所在的位置。可以看出,本申请实施例提供的方案可以为移动中继配置TAC。To address this problem, the embodiment of the present application aims to use the TAC of mobile relay 3 as the TAC of the cell of the access network that mobile relay 3 accesses. Therefore, when the UE accesses the cell of mobile relay 3, the UE can obtain TAC to mobile relay 3's cell. Then, the network side can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. It can be seen that the solution provided by the embodiment of this application can configure TAC for the mobile relay.
本申请实施例提及的通信系统包括但不限于:第五代移动通信(5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems,5G),或者5G之后的通信系统或通信网络等等,例如新无线(new radio,NR)系统等。The communication systems mentioned in the embodiments of this application include but are not limited to: fifth generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems (5G), or communication systems or communication networks after 5G, etc., such as new wireless (new radio, NR) system, etc.
根据图1a所示的应用场景,图1b以5G为例示例性示出了本申请实施例可能适用的一种网络架构示意图,下面结合图1b对本申请实施例中涉及的各个设备进行介绍。According to the application scenario shown in Figure 1a, Figure 1b takes 5G as an example to illustrate a schematic diagram of a network architecture that may be applicable to the embodiment of the present application. Each device involved in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below in conjunction with Figure 1b.
(1)接入网设备。 (1) Access network equipment.
请参阅图1b,图1b中以接入网设备包括图1a中的基站1为例进行示意。图1a中基站2的相关内容与基站1的内容类似,不再赘述。本申请实施例中移动中继可以接入接入网设备。该接入网设备也可以称为宿主节点,英文也可以称为donor base station,或donor macro station。Please refer to Figure 1b. In Figure 1b, the access network equipment including the base station 1 in Figure 1a is taken as an example for illustration. The relevant content of base station 2 in Figure 1a is similar to that of base station 1 and will not be described again. In the embodiment of this application, the mobile relay can access the access network equipment. The access network equipment can also be called a host node. In English, it can also be called a donor base station, or a donor macro station.
接入网设备是通信系统中将终端侧设备接入到无线网络的设备,通过该节点可以接入核心网。接入网设备例如通过有线链路(例如光纤线缆)连接到核心网(比如5G核心网(5G Core Network,5GC))。接入网设备可负责接收核心网的数据并转发给无线回传设备,或者接收无线回传设备的数据并转发给核心网。接入网设备例如可以通过有线的方式连接到网络。Access network equipment is a device in the communication system that connects terminal side equipment to the wireless network. The core network can be accessed through this node. Access network equipment is connected to the core network (such as 5G Core Network (5GC)) through wired links (such as fiber optic cables). The access network device can be responsible for receiving data from the core network and forwarding it to the wireless backhaul device, or receiving data from the wireless backhaul device and forwarding it to the core network. The access network device may be connected to the network in a wired manner, for example.
作为一种示例,接入网设备可以包括无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)等,也可以包括演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(fifth generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)等。As an example, the access network equipment may include a radio network controller (RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller, BSC), and a base transceiver station (base transceiver station). , BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), etc., may also include evolved LTE systems (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A). Evolutionary base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutionary Node B), or it can also include the next generation Node B (next) in the fifth generation (5G) new wireless (new radio, NR) system. generation node B, gNB), etc.
请继续参阅图1b,作为另一种示例,接入网设备可以包括gNB-集中单元(centralized unit,CU)和gNB-分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。gNB-CU和gNB-DU通过F1接口相连。CU和核心网之间通过下一代(next generation,NG)接口相连。Please continue to refer to Figure 1b. As another example, the access network equipment may include a gNB-centralized unit (CU) and a gNB-distributed unit (DU). gNB-CU and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 interface. The CU and the core network are connected through the next generation (NG) interface.
其中,gNB-DU包括物理层(phyical layer,PHY)/媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)/无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层的功能,用于为该接入网设备下附着的中继设备提供接入服务。gNB-DU可以通过F1接口与gNB-CU连接。该gNB-DU也可以通过Uu接口与终端设备(比如UE111)或中继设备的MT功能(比如移动中继3的MT)连接。Among them, gNB-DU includes the functions of the physical layer (PHY)/medium access control (MAC)/radio link control (RLC) layer, which are used for the access network equipment. The relay equipment attached below provides access services. gNB-DU can connect to gNB-CU through the F1 interface. The gNB-DU can also be connected to the terminal device (such as UE111) or the MT function of the relay device (such as the MT of mobile relay 3) through the Uu interface.
gNB-CU用于对其下所有的中继设备和终端设备进行无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)控制,例如可以存储中继设备和终端设备的上下文等。gNB-CU可以通过F1接口与其它中继设备的DU功能(比如移动中继3的DU和移动中继4的DU)连接。gNB-CU is used to control radio resource control (RRC) for all relay devices and terminal devices under it. For example, it can store the context of relay devices and terminal devices. gNB-CU can connect with the DU function of other relay devices (such as the DU of mobile relay 3 and the DU of mobile relay 4) through the F1 interface.
该接入网设备的功能可以是由接入网设备内部的硬件部件实现,例如,接入网设备内部的处理器和/或可编程的芯片。可选的,该芯片可以通过专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)实现,或可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)实现。上述PLD可以是复杂程序逻辑器件(complex programmable logical device,CPLD),现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL),片上系统(system on a chip,SOC)中的任一项或其任意组合。The function of the access network device may be implemented by hardware components inside the access network device, for example, a processor and/or a programmable chip inside the access network device. Optionally, the chip can be implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD). The above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logical device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (GAL), a system on a chip (system on a chip) , SOC) or any combination thereof.
(2)移动中继。(2)Mobile relay.
本申请实施例中的移动中继可以理解为具有移动能力的中继设备。移动中继比如可以包括部署于飞机、高铁、车辆、无人机等可以移动的物体上的中继设备,或者移动中继本身为具有移动能力的中继设备。为了便于理解,本申请实施例中部分内容以移动中继为部署于车辆上的中继设备为例进行展示(比如前述图1a),本申请实施例中可以将部署于车辆上的移动中继称为VMR。 The mobile relay in the embodiment of this application can be understood as a relay device with mobile capabilities. For example, mobile relays may include relay devices deployed on movable objects such as aircraft, high-speed trains, vehicles, and drones, or the mobile relay itself may be a relay device with mobile capabilities. In order to facilitate understanding, part of the content in the embodiment of the present application is shown by taking the mobile relay as a relay device deployed on the vehicle as an example (such as the aforementioned Figure 1a). In the embodiment of the present application, the mobile relay deployed on the vehicle can be Called VMR.
如图1b所示,类似5G中的网络设备gNB采用集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)分离的架构,移动中继可以包括MT和DU两部分。图1b中以移动中继包括图1a中的移动中继3,以及移动中继4,且移动中继3和移动中继4当前接入基站1为例进行示意。As shown in Figure 1b, similar to the network equipment gNB in 5G, it adopts an architecture that separates the centralized unit (CU) and the distributed unit (DU). The mobile relay can include two parts: MT and DU. In Figure 1b, the mobile relay includes the mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a and the mobile relay 4, and the mobile relay 3 and the mobile relay 4 are currently accessing the base station 1 for illustration.
移动中继的MT类似于用户设备(user equipment,UE)的功能,通过Uu接口与父节点进行通信,提供数据回传。比如,移动中继3的MT通过Uu接口与父节点(基站1)的DU连接。The MT of mobile relay is similar to the function of user equipment (UE), communicating with the parent node through the Uu interface and providing data backhaul. For example, the MT of mobile relay 3 is connected to the DU of the parent node (base station 1) through the Uu interface.
移动中继的DU类似于gNB中DU的功能,包含PHY/MAC/RLC层的功能,与子节点进行通信,为子节点提供接入服务。比如,移动中继3的DU可以通过Uu接口为子节点(终端设备(比如UE112)或其它中继(比如移动中继4))提供服务。图1b中UE112可以为图1a中移动中继3接入基站1的小区1或小区2时,接入移动中继3的小区的UE。The DU of mobile relay is similar to the function of DU in gNB, including the functions of PHY/MAC/RLC layer, communicating with sub-nodes and providing access services to sub-nodes. For example, the DU of mobile relay 3 can provide services for sub-nodes (terminal devices (such as UE112) or other relays (such as mobile relay 4)) through the Uu interface. UE 112 in Figure 1b may be a UE that accesses the cell of mobile relay 3 when mobile relay 3 accesses cell 1 or cell 2 of base station 1 in Figure 1a.
移动中继4与移动中继3类似,移动中继3的MT可以通过Uu接口与父节点(移动中继3)的DU连接。比如移动中继4的DU可以通过Uu接口为终端设备(比如UE113)或其它中继提供服务。Mobile relay 4 is similar to mobile relay 3. The MT of mobile relay 3 can be connected to the DU of the parent node (mobile relay 3) through the Uu interface. For example, the DU of mobile relay 4 can provide services for terminal equipment (such as UE113) or other relays through the Uu interface.
值得说明的是,为了描述简便,本申请实施例中将移动中继的MT称为移动中继的MT功能、移动中继的MT实体,或MT实体;将移动中继的DU称为移动中继的DU功能、移动中继的DU实体,或DU实体。另外,移动中继的MT实体和DU实体仅仅是一种命名的示例,在未来的通信系统或者网络中,MT实体和DU实体还可以被同等功能的模块替代,或者还可以有其他命名,本申请对此不作限定。It is worth noting that, for simplicity of description, in the embodiment of this application, the MT of the mobile relay is called the MT function of the mobile relay, the MT entity of the mobile relay, or the MT entity; the DU of the mobile relay is called the mobile relay. Relay DU function, mobile relay DU entity, or DU entity. In addition, the MT entity and DU entity of mobile relay are just an example of naming. In future communication systems or networks, the MT entity and DU entity can also be replaced by modules with equivalent functions, or there can be other names. This article There are no restrictions on this application.
本申请实施例中的移动中继也可以有其它名称,比如移动中继节点、移动中继设备、中继节点、中继设备等,本申请实施例对其称呼不做限定,为了容易理解,本申请实施例中以移动中继为例进行称呼。The mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application may also have other names, such as mobile relay node, mobile relay device, relay node, relay device, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit its name. For ease of understanding, In the embodiment of this application, mobile relay is taken as an example.
(3)终端设备。(3)Terminal equipment.
终端设备是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。本申请涉及的终端侧设备可以为终端设备或终端,或者终端设备内部能够实现该终端设备功能的硬件部件。图1b中以终端设备包括UE111、UE112和UE113为例进行示意。An end device is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user. The terminal-side device involved in this application may be a terminal device or a terminal, or a hardware component inside the terminal device that can implement the functions of the terminal device. In Figure 1b, the terminal equipment includes UE111, UE112 and UE113 as an example for illustration.
在本申请实施例中,终端侧设备可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。一些终端设备的举例为:个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、卫星导航系统,例如全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、北斗定位系统,激光扫描器等信息传感设备等设备。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal side device may be called user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., and may include, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function. device, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal can communicate with the core network via the radio access network (RAN) and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. Some examples of terminal devices are: personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistant, PDA), barcode, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, satellite navigation systems, such as global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), Beidou positioning system, laser scanners and other information sensing equipment and other equipment.
终端侧设备还可以可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实 现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。该终端还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备、或者车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)中的车辆设备,客户前置设备(customer premises equipment,CPE)等。The terminal side device can also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, they are also implemented through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Present powerful functions. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Used, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring. The terminal can also be a virtual reality (VR) device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), a wireless terminal in self-driving (self driving), or remote surgery Wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, and smart home Wireless terminals, terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), or vehicle equipment in the Internet of Vehicles (vehicle to everything, V2X), customer premises equipment (CPE) )wait.
终端侧设备的功能可以通过终端设备内部的硬件部件来实现,硬件部件可以为终端设备内部的处理器和/或可编程的芯片。例如,该芯片可以通过ASIC实现,或PLD实现。上述PLD可以是CPLD、FPGA、GAL、SOC中任一项或其任意组合。The functions of the terminal-side device can be implemented through hardware components inside the terminal device, and the hardware components can be processors and/or programmable chips inside the terminal device. For example, the chip can be implemented by ASIC, or PLD. The above-mentioned PLD can be any one of CPLD, FPGA, GAL, SOC or any combination thereof.
而如上介绍的各种终端,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备。The various terminals introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle).
值得说明的是,图1b中还可以包括其它设备,比如核心网设备或用于承载虚拟化网络功能的设备等,本申请实施例不做限制。另外,图1b所示的网络架构并不限制终端设备、移动中继及接入网设备的数量。It is worth noting that Figure 1b may also include other equipment, such as core network equipment or equipment used to carry virtualized network functions, etc., which are not limited by the embodiment of this application. In addition, the network architecture shown in Figure 1b does not limit the number of terminal equipment, mobile relays and access network equipment.
根据图1a和图1b所示的内容,图1c和图1d示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的两种可能的系统架构示意图。图1c和图1d中以本申请实施例应用于5G网络架构为例进行介绍,5G网络架构有多种可能的架构,图1c和图1d为本申请实施例提供的两种可能的5G网络架构示意图。如图1c所示,该网络架构中通常可以包括如下设备、网元和网络:Based on the contents shown in Figures 1a and 1b, Figures 1c and 1d exemplarily illustrate two possible system architecture diagrams applicable to the embodiments of the present application. Figures 1c and 1d are introduced by taking the application of the embodiment of the present application to the 5G network architecture as an example. There are many possible 5G network architectures. Figures 1c and 1d are two possible 5G network architectures provided by the embodiment of the present application. Schematic diagram. As shown in Figure 1c, the network architecture usually includes the following devices, network elements, and networks:
(1)终端设备。终端设备的相关内容可以参见图1a和图1b中终端设备的相关介绍,(1)Terminal equipment. For the relevant content of terminal equipment, please refer to the relevant introduction of terminal equipment in Figure 1a and Figure 1b.
(2)接入网设备。图1c和图1d中以接入网设备包括(无线)接入网(radio access network,(R)AN)网元为例进行展示。接入网设备的相关内容可以参见图1a和图1b中接入网设备的相关介绍。终端设备和接入网设备之间可以部署一个或多个移动中继,比如上述图1a中的移动中继3。(2) Access network equipment. In Figure 1c and Figure 1d, access network equipment including (wireless) access network (radio access network, (R)AN) network elements are used as examples for demonstration. For the relevant content of the access network equipment, please refer to the relevant introduction of the access network equipment in Figure 1a and Figure 1b. One or more mobile relays may be deployed between the terminal device and the access network device, such as mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a above.
(3)用户面网元:用于分组路由和转发以及用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理、将协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话与数据网络互连、分组路由和转发,例如,支持对流量进行上行分类器(uplink classifier)后转发到数据网络,支持分支点(branching point)以支持多宿主(multi-homed)PDU会话,以及数据包检测等。(3) User plane network element: used for packet routing and forwarding and quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, interconnecting protocol data unit (PDU) sessions with data networks, and packet routing And forwarding, for example, supports uplink classifier on traffic and then forwards it to the data network, supports branching points to support multi-homed PDU sessions, and packet inspection, etc.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该用户面网元可以是用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元,比如可以包括中间用户面功能(intermediate user plane function,I-UPF)网元、或锚点用户面功能(PDU Session anchor user plane function,PSA-UPF)网元中的至少一项。在未来通信系统中,用户面网元仍可以是UPF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the user plane network element can be a user plane function (UPF) network element, for example, it can include an intermediate user plane function (I-UPF) network element. element, or at least one of the anchor user plane function (PDU Session anchor user plane function, PSA-UPF) network elements. In future communication systems, user plane network elements can still be UPF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(4)数据网络(data network,DN)网元:用于提供传输数据的网络。(4) Data network (DN) network element: used to provide a network for transmitting data.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该数据网络可以是DN1和DN2。在未来通信系统中,数据网络仍可以是DN,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。 As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the data networks can be DN1 and DN2. In future communication systems, the data network may still be a DN, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(5)移动性管理网元:主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等,可以用于实现移动性管理网元(mobility management entity,MME)功能中除会话管理之外的其它功能,例如,合法监听以及接入授权/鉴权、移动状态管理,分配用户临时身份标识,认证和授权用户等功能。(5) Mobility management network element: mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement other functions besides session management in the mobility management entity (MME) function, such as, Legal interception, access authorization/authentication, mobility status management, assigning user temporary identities, authenticating and authorizing users and other functions.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该接入与移动性管理可以是接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元。在未来通信系统中,接入与移动性管理仍可以是AMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the access and mobility management can be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element. In future communication systems, access and mobility management can still be AMF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(6)会话管理网元:主要用于会话管理、终端设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知、承载的建立修改和释放,以及服务质量(quality of service,QoS)控制等。(6) Session management network element: mainly used for session management, network interconnection protocol (IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints for manageable user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink Data notification, bearer establishment, modification and release, and quality of service (QoS) control, etc.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该会话管理网元可以是会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元,比如可以包括中间会话管理功能(intermediate session management function,I-SMF)网元,或锚点会话管理功能(anchor session management function,A-SMF)网元中的至少一项。在未来通信系统中,会话管理网元仍可以是SMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the session management network element can be a session management function (SMF) network element, for example, it can include an intermediate session management function (I-SMF) network element. element, or at least one of the anchor session management function (A-SMF) network elements. In future communication systems, the session management network element can still be an SMF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
(7)策略控制网元:用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制面功能网元(例如AMF,SMF网元等)提供策略规则信息等。(7) Policy control network element: A unified policy framework used to guide network behavior, providing policy rule information for control plane functional network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该策略控制网元可以是策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元。在未来通信系统中,策略控制网元仍可以是PCF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF) network element. In future communication systems, the policy control network element can still be a PCF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
(8)认证服务网元:用于鉴权服务、产生密钥实现对终端设备的双向鉴权,支持统一的鉴权框架。(8) Authentication service network element: used for authentication services, generating keys to implement two-way authentication of terminal devices, and supporting a unified authentication framework.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该认证服务网元可以是认证服务功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元。在未来通信系统中,认证服务功能网元仍可以是AUSF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the authentication service network element may be an authentication server function (AUSF) network element. In future communication systems, the authentication service function network element can still be an AUSF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
(9)数据管理网元。(9) Data management network element.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该数据管理网元可以是统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元,可以用于处理终端设备标识,接入鉴权,注册以及移动性管理等。在未来通信系统中,统一数据管理仍可以是UDM网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the data management network element can be a unified data management (UDM) network element, which can be used to process terminal device identification, access authentication, registration and mobility management wait. In future communication systems, unified data management can still be a UDM network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该数据管理网元还可以是统一数据库(Unified Data Repository,UDR)。用于负责签约数据、策略数据、应用数据等类型数据的存取功能。比如,PCF可以从UDR中获取策略决策相关的或对应的签约信息。在未来通信系统中,该统一数据库仍可以是UDR,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the data management network element can also be a unified database (Unified Data Repository, UDR). Responsible for the access function of contract data, policy data, application data and other types of data. For example, PCF can obtain policy decision-related or corresponding contract information from UDR. In future communication systems, the unified database can still be UDR, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
(10)应用网元:用于进行应用影响的数据路由,接入网络开放功能网元,与策略框架交互进行策略控制等。(10) Application network element: used for data routing that affects applications, access network open function network elements, and interacts with the policy framework for policy control, etc.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该应用网元可以是应用功能(application function,AF)网元107。在未来通信系统中,应用网元仍可以是AF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the application network element may be an application function (AF) network element 107. In future communication systems, application network elements can still be AF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(11)网络存储网元:用于维护网络中所有网络功能服务的实时信息。 (11) Network storage network element: used to maintain real-time information of all network function services in the network.
在5G通信系统中,该网络存储网元可以是网络注册功能(network repository function,NRF)网元。在未来通信系统中,网络存储网元仍可以是NRF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In the 5G communication system, the network storage network element may be a network registration function (network repository function, NRF) network element. In future communication systems, network storage network elements can still be NRF network elements, or they can have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(12)网络切片选择网元:用于提供网络切片选择功能。(12) Network slice selection network element: used to provide network slice selection function.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该网络切片选择网元可以是网络切片选择功能(Network Slice Selection Function,NSSF)网元在未来通信系统中,该网络切片选择网元仍可以是NSSF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the network slice selection network element can be a Network Slice Selection Function (NSSF) network element. In future communication systems, the network slice selection network element can still be an NSSF. A network element may also have other names, which are not limited in this application.
(13)网络能力开放网元:用于提供网络定制功能。(13) Network capability opening network element: used to provide network customization functions.
如图1c所示,在5G通信系统中,该网络能力开放网元可以是网络能力开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元在未来通信系统中,该网络能力开放网元仍可以是NEF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。As shown in Figure 1c, in the 5G communication system, the network capability opening network element can be a network capability exposure function (NEF) network element. In future communication systems, the network capability opening network element can still be an NEF network element. Yuan, or it can also have other names, which are not limited in this application.
本申请实施例中适用的通信系统架构还可以包括其他网元,比如网络分析功能网元和服务通信功能网元。The communication system architecture applicable to the embodiments of this application may also include other network elements, such as network analysis function network elements and service communication function network elements.
其中,网络分析功能网元用于提供网络切片实例级数据分析功能。比如可以获取数据,之后使用数据进行训练和分析,并依据分析结果做相应的推理。在5G通信系统中,该网络分析功能网元可以是网络分析功能(network analytics function,NWDAF)网元。Among them, the network analysis function network element is used to provide network slicing instance-level data analysis functions. For example, you can obtain data, then use the data for training and analysis, and make corresponding inferences based on the analysis results. In the 5G communication system, the network analysis function network element may be a network analytics function (NWDAF) network element.
图1c中Nnssf、Nausf、Nnef、Npcf、Nudm、Naf、Namf、Nsmf、Nnrf、N1、N2、N3、N4,以及N6为接口序列号。这些接口序列号的含义可参见3GPP标准协议中定义的含义,在此不做限制。In Figure 1c, Nnssf, Nausf, Nnef, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, Nsmf, Nnrf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers. The meaning of these interface serial numbers can be found in the meaning defined in the 3GPP standard protocol, and is not limited here.
可以理解的是,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。上述网元或者功能可划分出一个或多个服务,进一步,还可能会出现独立于网络功能存在的服务。在本申请中,上述功能的实例、或上述功能中包括的服务的实例、或独立于网络功能存在的服务实例均可称为服务实例。It can be understood that the above network element or function can be a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). The above network elements or functions can be divided into one or more services. Furthermore, there may also be services that exist independently of network functions. In this application, instances of the above functions, or instances of services included in the above functions, or service instances that exist independently of network functions can be called service instances.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例并不限定于上述的系统架构,还可以应用于未来其它的通信系统,例如第六代通信(the 6th generation,6G)系统架构等。并且,本申请实施例上述所使用的各个网元的名称,在未来通信系统中,可能保持功能相同,但名称会改变。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the above-mentioned system architecture, and can also be applied to other future communication systems, such as the sixth generation communication (the 6th generation, 6G) system architecture, etc. Moreover, the names of each network element used in the above embodiments of the present application may maintain the same functions in future communication systems, but the names will change.
示例性的,图1d示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种基于服务化架构的5G网络架构示意图。Exemplarily, FIG. 1d illustrates a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图1d中的网元的功能的介绍可以参考图1c中对应的网元的功能的介绍,不再赘述。图1d与图1c的主要区别在于:图1d中的各个网元之间的接口是点对点的接口,而不是服务化的接口。For the introduction of the functions of the network element in Figure 1d, please refer to the introduction of the functions of the corresponding network element in Figure 1c, and will not be described again. The main difference between Figure 1d and Figure 1c is that the interfaces between various network elements in Figure 1d are point-to-point interfaces, not service-oriented interfaces.
在图1d所示的架构中,各个网元之间的接口名称及功能如下:In the architecture shown in Figure 1d, the interface names and functions between each network element are as follows:
N7:PCF与SMF之间的接口,用于下发协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话粒度以及业务数据流粒度控制策略。N7: The interface between PCF and SMF, used to deliver protocol data unit (PDU) session granularity and business data flow granularity control policy.
N15:PCF与AMF之间的接口,用于下发UE策略及接入控制相关策略。N15: The interface between PCF and AMF, used to deliver UE policies and access control related policies.
N5:AF与PCF之间的接口,用于应用业务请求下发以及网络事件上报。N5: The interface between AF and PCF, used for issuing application service requests and reporting network events.
N4:SMF与UPF之间的接口,用于控制面与用户面之间传递信息,包括控制面向用户面的转发规则、QoS控制规则、流量统计规则等的下发以及用户面的信息上报。 N4: The interface between SMF and UPF. It is used to transfer information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules, QoS control rules, traffic statistics rules, etc. for the user plane and reporting of user plane information.
N9:两个UPF之间的接口。N9: The interface between two UPFs.
N11:SMF与AMF之间的接口,用于传递RAN和UPF之间的PDU会话隧道信息、传递发送给UE的控制消息、传递发送给RAN的无线资源控制信息等。N11: The interface between SMF and AMF, used to transfer PDU session tunnel information between RAN and UPF, transfer control messages sent to UE, transfer radio resource control information sent to RAN, etc.
N2:AMF与RAN之间的接口,用于传递核心网侧至RAN的无线承载控制信息等。N2: The interface between AMF and RAN, used to transmit wireless bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN.
N1:AMF与UE之间的接口,接入无关,用于向UE传递QoS控制规则等。N1: The interface between AMF and UE, independent of access, used to deliver QoS control rules to UE, etc.
N8:AMF与UDM间的接口,用于AMF向UDM获取接入与移动性管理相关签约数据与鉴权数据,以及AMF向UDM注册UE当前移动性管理相关信息等。N8: The interface between AMF and UDM, used for AMF to obtain access and mobility management-related subscription data and authentication data from UDM, and for AMF to register UE's current mobility management-related information with UDM.
N10:SMF与UDM间的接口,用于SMF向UDM获取会话管理相关签约数据,以及SMF向UDM注册UE当前会话相关信息等。N10: The interface between SMF and UDM, used for SMF to obtain session management-related subscription data from UDM, and for SMF to register UE current session-related information with UDM.
N12:AMF和AUSF间的接口,用于AMF向AUSF发起鉴权流程,其中可携带SUCI作为签约标识。N12: The interface between AMF and AUSF, used by AMF to initiate the authentication process to AUSF, which can carry SUCI as the signing identifier.
N14:两个AMF之间的接口。N14: The interface between two AMFs.
N13:UDM与AUSF间的接口,用于AUSF向UDM获取用户鉴权向量,以执行鉴权流程。N13: The interface between UDM and AUSF, used by AUSF to obtain the user authentication vector from UDM to perform the authentication process.
N22:NSSF与AMF间的接口,用于AMF从NSSF接收切片选择信息。N22: The interface between NSSF and AMF, used for AMF to receive slice selection information from NSSF.
本申请实施例适用的系统架构中还可以包括其它网元,比如管理设备,管理设备在上述图1c和图1d中未示出。本申请实施例中管理设备可以包括对移动中继具有管理能力的设备,比如管理设备可以为操作维护管理(operations administration and maintenance,OAM)设备,可以具有操作、维护和管理的功能,比如可以对移动中继进行操作、维护和管理。本申请实施例的管理设备可以与上述图1c和图1d示出的系统架构中的一个或多个网元之间建立连接,比如管理设备可以与NEF网元、AMF网元等建立连接。The system architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application may also include other network elements, such as management equipment. The management equipment is not shown in the above-mentioned Figures 1c and 1d. In the embodiment of this application, the management device may include a device with management capabilities for mobile relays. For example, the management device may be an operations administration and maintenance (OAM) device, which may have the functions of operation, maintenance, and management. For example, the management device may Mobile relay operations, maintenance and management. The management device in the embodiment of the present application can establish a connection with one or more network elements in the system architecture shown in Figure 1c and Figure 1d. For example, the management device can establish a connection with an NEF network element, an AMF network element, etc.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c和图1d所示的内容以及上述其它内容,本申请实施例提供一种可能的实施方案:Based on the content shown in Figure 1a, Figure 1b, Figure 1c and Figure 1d as well as the above other content, the embodiment of this application provides a possible implementation:
移动中继的DU实体可以获取第一TAC,继而向接入网设备发送第一TAC。相对应的,接入网设备接收到第一TAC。其中,第一TAC为移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。DU实体的小区的TAC为第一TAC。The DU entity of the mobile relay may obtain the first TAC, and then send the first TAC to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the first TAC. The first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses. The TAC of the DU entity's cell is the first TAC.
其中,DU实体获取第一TAC的方式有多种,比如DU实体可以从MT实体查询或接收第一TAC。再比如,DU实体还可以从接入网设备查询第一TAC。There are many ways for the DU entity to obtain the first TAC. For example, the DU entity can query or receive the first TAC from the MT entity. For another example, the DU entity can also query the first TAC from the access network device.
可以看出,由于DU实体可以获取到移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,因此DU实体可以将该MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC作为该DU实体的小区的TAC。进一步,DU实体还可以将该MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC发送给接入网设备,以便接入网设备侧获知该DU实体的小区的TAC。It can be seen that since the DU entity can obtain the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses, the DU entity can use the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses as the DU. The TAC of the entity's cell. Further, the DU entity may also send the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses to the access network device, so that the access network device side can learn the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
下面结合附图进行进一步的介绍。A further introduction will be given below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c或图1d中的至少一项所示的内容以及上述其它内容,图2示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种小区信息配置方法的流程示意图。Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned Figure 1a, Figure 1b, Figure 1c or Figure 1d and the other above-mentioned content, Figure 2 exemplarily shows a flow chart of yet another cell information configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. .
本申请实施例中涉及到的移动中继可以为图1a和图1b中的移动中继3,也可以为图1b中的移动中继4,如图1b所示,本申请实施例中的移动中继包括MT实体和DU实体。移动中继处于移动的状态,也可以理解为移动中继具有移动能力,或者称移动中继具有移 动的能力。移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。本申请实施例中MT实体侧的方案也可以由MT实体内部的单元、模块或芯片执行,本申请实施例中DU实体侧的方案也可以由DU实体内部的单元、模块或芯片执行。The mobile relay involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the mobile relay 3 in Figure 1a and Figure 1b, or the mobile relay 4 in Figure 1b. As shown in Figure 1b, the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application The relay includes MT entities and DU entities. The mobile relay is in a mobile state, which can also be understood as the mobile relay has the ability to move, or the mobile relay has the ability to move. The ability to move. Mobile relay is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment. The solution on the MT entity side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by the unit, module or chip inside the MT entity. The solution on the DU entity side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by the unit, module or chip inside the DU entity.
本申请实施例涉及到的接入网设备图1a中的基站1或基站2,或者为图1b中的基站1,或者为图1c或图1d中的接入网设备。本申请实施例中接入网设备侧的方案也可以由接入网设备内部的单元、模块或芯片执行。The access network equipment involved in the embodiment of the present application is base station 1 or base station 2 in Figure 1a, or is base station 1 in Figure 1b, or is the access network equipment in Figure 1c or Figure 1d. The solution on the access network device side in the embodiment of the present application can also be executed by units, modules or chips inside the access network device.
如图2所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 2, the method includes:
步骤201,DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息。第一指示信息用于指示管理设备无需为DU实体的小区配置TAC。Step 201: The DU entity sends first indication information to the management device. The first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
相对应的,管理设备接收第一指示信息。Correspondingly, the management device receives the first indication information.
本申请实施例中,管理设备在接收到第一指示信息的情况下,管理设备在为DU实体的小区配置小区配置信息时,可以不为DU实体的小区配置DU实体小区的TAC。从而可以减少管理设备的工作量。In this embodiment of the present application, when the management device receives the first indication information, when configuring the cell configuration information for the DU entity's cell, the management device may not configure the TAC of the DU entity's cell for the DU entity's cell. This can reduce the workload of managing the device.
另一方面,由于管理设备不再为DU实体的小区配置TAC,因此其它设备(比如DU实体)可以确定该DU实体的小区的TAC。也可以理解为DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,从而使管理设备可以不需要为DU实体的小区配置TAC,该步骤为DU实体确定DU实体的小区的TAC奠定基础。On the other hand, since the management device no longer configures the TAC for the cell of the DU entity, other devices (such as the DU entity) can determine the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. It can also be understood that the DU entity sends the first indication information to the management device, so that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell. This step lays the foundation for the DU entity to determine the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
又一方面,由于本申请实施例中不需要管理设备侧为DU实体的小区配置TAC,因此管理设备侧也可以不再存储DU实体与DU实体的小区的TAC的关系,从而可以节省存储空间。On the other hand, since the management device side does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell in this embodiment, the management device side may no longer store the relationship between the DU entity and the TAC of the DU entity's cell, thereby saving storage space.
步骤201为可选的步骤,也可以不执行。一种可能的实施方式中,可以在管理设备处预设规则,该预设规则指示管理设备为移动中继的DU实体配置小区配置信息时,可以不再为DU实体的小区配置TAC。又一种可能的实施方式中,管理设备也可以为移动中继的DU实体的小区配置TAC,这种情况下,管理设备将配置的TAC随其它小区配置信息下发至DU实体以后,DU实体可以忽视来自管理设备的该TAC,即DU实体即使接收到来自管理设备的DU实体的小区的TAC,DU实体并不存储来自管理设备发送的TAC,DU实体采用MT实体接入的小区的TAC作为该DU实体的小区的TAC。Step 201 is an optional step and may not be executed. In a possible implementation, a rule may be preset at the management device. The preset rule instructs the management device to no longer configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity when configuring cell configuration information for the DU entity of the mobile relay. In another possible implementation, the management device can also configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay. In this case, after the management device delivers the configured TAC to the DU entity along with other cell configuration information, the DU entity The TAC from the management device can be ignored, that is, even if the DU entity receives the TAC of the cell of the DU entity from the management device, the DU entity does not store the TAC sent from the management device, and the DU entity uses the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity as the TAC of the cell of this DU entity.
值得说明的是,本申请实施例中移动中继与管理设备之间的信息交互,可以是移动中继的MT实体与管理设备之间的信息交互,也可以是移动中继的DU实体与管理设备之间的信息交互,本申请不做限定。后续内容与之类似,不做重复描述。It is worth noting that the information interaction between the mobile relay and the management device in the embodiment of the present application can be the information interaction between the MT entity of the mobile relay and the management device, or it can also be the information interaction between the DU entity of the mobile relay and the management device. The information exchange between them is not limited by this application. The subsequent content is similar and will not be described again.
比如,上述步骤201中,移动中继向管理设备发送第一指示信息可以是移动中继的MT实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,或者为移动中继的DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息。本申请实施例附图中以移动中继的DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息为例进行示意,但不代表本申请实施例中仅能由移动中继的DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,本申请实施例中的MT实体也可以向管理设备发送第一指示信息。For example, in the above step 201, the mobile relay sending the first indication information to the management device may be the MT entity of the mobile relay sending the first indication information to the management device, or the DU entity of the mobile relay sending the first indication to the management device. information. In the drawings of the embodiment of the present application, the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the first instruction information to the management device as an example for illustration, but this does not mean that in the embodiment of the present application, only the DU entity of the mobile relay can send the first instruction information to the management device. Instruction information, the MT entity in the embodiment of the present application may also send the first instruction information to the management device.
步骤202,接入网设备发送第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括第一TAC,第一TAC为接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。Step 202: The access network device sends a first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes a first TAC, and the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device.
相对应的,移动中继MT实体接收来自接入网设备的第一TAC。例如,该接入网设备可以是MT实体当前接入的接入网设备。Correspondingly, the mobile relay MT entity receives the first TAC from the access network device. For example, the access network device may be the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity.
本申请实施例中,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备的小区。在步骤202中,移动 中继MT实体可以通过进行小区选择等步骤,接入接入网设备的第一小区。In the embodiment of this application, the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the cell of the access network device. In step 202, move The relay MT entity can access the first cell of the access network device by performing steps such as cell selection.
本申请实施例中的TAI可以包括TAC和公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)标识,也可以理解为TAC被包括于TAI中。比如第一TAC可以包括于第一小区的TAI中。The TAI in the embodiment of this application may include the TAC and the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) identifier, and may also be understood to mean that the TAC is included in the TAI. For example, the first TAC may be included in the TAI of the first cell.
步骤203,移动中继的MT实体向DU实体发送第一消息。第一消息包括第一TAC。Step 203: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends the first message to the DU entity. The first message includes the first TAC.
相对应的,移动中继的DU实体接收来自该移动中继的MT实体的第一消息。Correspondingly, the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first message from the MT entity of the mobile relay.
一种可能的实施方式中,第一TAC还可以用于指示DU实体将第一TAC作为DU实体的小区的TAC。In a possible implementation, the first TAC may also be used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
需要注意的是,现有技术中,移动中继的MT实体接入网络,移动中继的DU实体对接入该DU实体的小区的终端设备提供与普通基站类似的功能和服务,OAM为移动中继的DU实体的小区配置小区配置信息。DU实体的小区配置信息与MT实体接入的小区的小区配置信息之间没有关系。也就是说,现有技术中,移动中继的DU实体是不需要关心移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备的TAC的。It should be noted that in the existing technology, the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the network, and the DU entity of the mobile relay provides functions and services similar to those of ordinary base stations for terminal equipment in the cell that accesses the DU entity. OAM is a mobile Cell configuration cell configuration information of the relayed DU entity. There is no relationship between the cell configuration information of the DU entity and the cell configuration information of the cell accessed by the MT entity. That is to say, in the existing technology, the DU entity of the mobile relay does not need to care about the TAC of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay.
而且,目前现有的方案中,移动中继的MT实体也是不会向移动中继的DU实体发送第一TAC的。也就是说,移动中继的MT实体获取到第一TAC之后,由于不会将第一TAC发送给移动中继的DU实体,则移动中继的DU实体无法判断移动中继的MT实体当前接入的TAC信息。也就是说,当移动中继的MT实体获取到第一TAC时,由于移动中继的MT实体没有将第一TAC发送给移动中继的DU实体,则可以认为移动中继的DU实体无法获取第一TAC。Moreover, in the current existing solution, the MT entity of the mobile relay will not send the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay. That is to say, after the MT entity of the mobile relay obtains the first TAC, since the first TAC will not be sent to the DU entity of the mobile relay, the DU entity of the mobile relay cannot determine that the MT entity of the mobile relay is currently connected. Enter the TAC information. That is to say, when the MT entity of the mobile relay obtains the first TAC, since the MT entity of the mobile relay does not send the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, it can be considered that the DU entity of the mobile relay cannot obtain it. First TAC.
而本申请实施例中,为了让移动中继的DU实体获取到该MT实体接入的接入网设备的TAC,一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的MT实体将该第一TAC发送给该移动中继的DU实体,从而移动中继的DU实体获取到该MT实体接入的接入网设备的TAC。In the embodiment of this application, in order for the DU entity of the mobile relay to obtain the TAC of the access network device accessed by the MT entity, in a possible implementation, the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, so that the DU entity of the mobile relay obtains the TAC of the access network device accessed by the MT entity.
步骤204,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送第一TAC。Step 204: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends the first TAC to the access network device.
相对应的,接入网设备接收第一TAC。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the first TAC.
值得说明的是,MT实体接入的接入网设备(比如向MT实体发送第一广播消息的接入网设备)和用于接收来自DU实体的第一TAC的接入网设备(比如步骤204中接收第一TAC的接入网设备)可以是相同的接入网设备,也可以是两个不同的接入网设备,本申请不做限定,为了便于理解,本申请实施例中部分内容以该两个接入网设备为同一个接入网设备为例进行介绍。It is worth noting that the access network device accessed by the MT entity (such as the access network device that sends the first broadcast message to the MT entity) and the access network device used to receive the first TAC from the DU entity (such as step 204 The access network device that receives the first TAC) may be the same access network device, or may be two different access network devices. This application does not limit it. For ease of understanding, part of the content in the embodiments of this application is The two access network devices are the same access network device and are introduced as an example.
通过图2提供的方案可以看出,移动中继的MT实体接入第一小区的情况下,MT实体可以从接收到的来自接入网设备的第一广播消息中获得第一TAC,继而MT实体可以将第一TAC发送给DU实体。相比DU实体要通过其他途径去获取MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC的方式来看,该方式可以减少DU实体的工作量。而且由于移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC可以为该移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,因此网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所在的位置。It can be seen from the solution provided in Figure 2 that when the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the first cell, the MT entity can obtain the first TAC from the first broadcast message received from the access network device, and then the MT entity The entity may send the first TAC to the DU entity. Compared with the method in which the DU entity has to obtain the TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity through other means, this method can reduce the workload of the DU entity. Moreover, since the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay, the network side can be more accurate based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. Determine the current location of the terminal device.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c、图1d或图2中的至少一项所示的内容以及上述其它内容,图3a和图3b示例性介绍两种可能的小区信息配置方法。为了容易理解,图3a和图3b在图2所示的实施例的基础上进行示例。实际应用中,图3a和图3b介绍的方案中,移 动中继的DU实体也可以通过其他方式获取到该移动中继的MT实体接入的小区的TAC。Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned FIG. 1a, FIG. 1b, FIG. 1c, FIG. 1d, or FIG. 2 and the above-mentioned other content, FIG. 3a and FIG. 3b exemplarily introduce two possible cell information configuration methods. For easy understanding, FIG. 3a and FIG. 3b are exemplified based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . In practical applications, in the scheme introduced in Figure 3a and Figure 3b, the mobile The DU entity of the mobile relay can also obtain the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay through other methods.
如图3a所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 3a, the method includes:
步骤301,接入网设备发送第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括第一TAC,第一TAC为接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。Step 301: The access network device sends a first broadcast message. The first broadcast message includes a first TAC, and the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device.
相对应的,移动中继MT实体接收来自接入网设备的第一TAC。例如,该接入网设备可以是MT实体当前接入的接入网设备。Correspondingly, the mobile relay MT entity receives the first TAC from the access network device. For example, the access network device may be the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity.
步骤302,MT实体可以向DU实体发送第一消息。第一消息包括第一TAC。Step 302: The MT entity may send the first message to the DU entity. The first message includes the first TAC.
相对应的,移动中继的DU实体接收来自该移动中继的MT实体的第一消息。Correspondingly, the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first message from the MT entity of the mobile relay.
在步骤302中,第一消息中的第一TAC作为DU实体的小区的TAC。在一种可能的实施方式中,第一消息中的第一TAC还可以用于指示DU实体将第一TAC作为DU实体的小区的TAC。In step 302, the first TAC in the first message is used as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. In a possible implementation, the first TAC in the first message may also be used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
步骤303,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送第三消息,第三消息用于请求激活移动中继的DU实体的小区。第三消息包括第一TAC。Step 303: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a third message to the access network device. The third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay. The third message includes the first TAC.
步骤303可以作为上述步骤204的一种可能的实施方式。Step 303 can be used as a possible implementation of the above step 204.
在步骤302之后,步骤303之前,DU实体还可以将第一TAC确定为DU实体的小区的TAC。After step 302 and before step 303, the DU entity may also determine the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的DU实体可以选择合适的接入网设备作为宿主基站,继而,移动中继的DU实体可以向该接入网设备的CU实体发送第三消息。MT实体接入的接入网设备和用于从DU实体接收第一TAC的接入网设备(比如步骤303中接收到第三消息的接入网设备)可以是相同的接入网设备或者是不同的接入网设备,本申请不做限定。In a possible implementation, the DU entity of the mobile relay can select a suitable access network device as the host base station, and then the DU entity of the mobile relay can send the third message to the CU entity of the access network device. The access network device accessed by the MT entity and the access network device used to receive the first TAC from the DU entity (such as the access network device that received the third message in step 303) may be the same access network device or Different access network equipment is not limited in this application.
该第三消息中还可以携带移动中继支持的小区配置信息中除所述第一TAC之外的其它信息中的部分或全部,比如第三消息中还可以包括管理设备为移动中继的DU实体的小区配置的小区标识等信息。该第三消息可以为F1建立请求,英文可以写为F1setup request。The third message may also carry part or all of other information other than the first TAC in the cell configuration information supported by the mobile relay. For example, the third message may also include a DU indicating that the management device is the mobile relay. Information such as the cell identifier of the entity's cell configuration. The third message can be an F1 setup request, which can be written as F1setup request in English.
步骤304,接入网设备向移动中继的DU实体发送第三消息的响应消息。Step 304: The access network device sends a response message of the third message to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
第三消息的响应消息可以携带激活后的小区配置信息。比如,该第三消息的响应消息可以携带激活后的移动中继的DU实体的小区的小区标识,该激活后的移动中继的DU实体的小区的小区标识可以包含该接入网设备的标识。The response message of the third message may carry the activated cell configuration information. For example, the response message of the third message may carry the cell identifier of the cell of the activated mobile relay DU entity, and the activated cell identifier of the mobile relay DU entity may include the identifier of the access network device. .
该第三消息的响应消息可以为F1建立响应,英文可以写为F1setup response。步骤304为可选的步骤,可以执行,也可以不执行。The response message of the third message can be F1 setup response, which can be written as F1setup response in English. Step 304 is an optional step and may or may not be executed.
步骤305,移动中继发送第三广播消息。Step 305: The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
本申请实施例中,移动中继可以发送广播消息,比如步骤406中的第三广播消息。其中,移动中继发送的广播消息用于向终端设备发送该移动中继的小区对应的小区信息。收到该广播消息的终端设备可以选择接入该小区,并通过移动中继接入到网络中。In this embodiment of the present application, the mobile relay may send a broadcast message, such as the third broadcast message in step 406. The broadcast message sent by the mobile relay is used to send cell information corresponding to the cell of the mobile relay to the terminal device. The terminal device that receives the broadcast message can choose to access the cell and access the network through the mobile relay.
值得说明的是,本申请实施例中移动中继发送广播消息可以是移动中继的MT实体发送广播消息,也可以是移动中继的DU实体发送广播消息,本申请实施例中不做限制,后续内容中不再重复赘述。本申请实施例中的附图中是以移动中继发送的广播消息是移动中继的DU实体发送的为例进行示意,并不代表本申请实施例中移动中继发送的广播消息仅能由DU实体发送,也可以由MT实体发送。例如,步骤305中,移动中继的DU实体发送第三广播消息或者是移动中继的MT实体发送第三广播消息。 It is worth mentioning that in the embodiment of the present application, the mobile relay may send a broadcast message by the MT entity of the mobile relay, or the DU entity of the mobile relay may send a broadcast message. There is no limitation in the embodiment of the present application. Subsequent It will not be repeated in the content. The drawings in the embodiments of this application take the example that the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay is sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay. This does not mean that the broadcast message sent by the mobile relay in the embodiment of this application can only be sent by the DU entity. Sent by the entity or by the MT entity. For example, in step 305, the DU entity of the mobile relay sends the third broadcast message or the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
第三广播消息可以包括第一TAC和/或移动中继的DU实体的小区标识。当第三广播消息中包括第一TAC,由于移动中继可以在该移动中继的服务范围内进行小区广播,从而可以使位于该移动中继的服务范围内的终端设备根据接收到的广播消息接入该移动中继,且接入的终端设备可以根据第三广播消息确定出移动中继的TAC为第一TAC。图3a中以一个终端设备接收到该第三广播消息为例进行展示。The third broadcast message may include the first TAC and/or the cell identity of the DU entity of the mobile relay. When the third broadcast message includes the first TAC, since the mobile relay can perform cell broadcast within the service range of the mobile relay, the terminal device located within the service range of the mobile relay can make the broadcast message received The mobile relay is accessed, and the accessed terminal device can determine that the TAC of the mobile relay is the first TAC according to the third broadcast message. Figure 3a shows an example of a terminal device receiving the third broadcast message.
通过图3a所示的实施方式可以看出,移动中继的DU实体可以在请求激活DU实体的小区的消息中携带移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,这样以来无需接入网设备通过其他手段获取移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,接入网设备可以直接确定接收到的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC为DU实体小区的TAC,从而可以避免接入网设备通过其他手段查询移动中继MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC所带来的信令消耗。又一方面,由于移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC为移动中继的DU实体的小区TAC,如此,移动中继初始进行小区激活时小区的TAC就可以配置为移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,从而可以使得网络侧可以确定接入该移动中继的终端设备的实际位置,提高网络对终端设备进行移动性管理的效率和准确度。It can be seen from the implementation shown in Figure 3a that the DU entity of the mobile relay can carry the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay in the message requesting activation of the cell of the DU entity. In this way, There is no need for the access network device to obtain the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses through other means. The access network device can directly determine the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the received MT entity accesses. is the TAC of the DU entity cell, thereby avoiding the signaling consumption caused by the access network device querying the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the mobile relay MT entity through other means. On the other hand, since the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses is the cell TAC of the DU entity of the mobile relay, when the mobile relay initially activates the cell, the TAC of the cell can be configured as The TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses enables the network side to determine the actual location of the terminal device that accesses the mobile relay, improving the efficiency and efficiency of the network's mobility management of the terminal device. Accuracy.
下面对图3b示出的实施例进行介绍,请参阅图3b,如图3b所示,该方法包括:The embodiment shown in Figure 3b is introduced below. Please refer to Figure 3b. As shown in Figure 3b, the method includes:
步骤401,移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继发生移动。Step 401: The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
本申请实施例中,移动中继发生移动,可以理解为移动中继的MT实体和移动中继的DU实体都发生了移动。移动中继确定移动中继发生移动的方法可以是,移动中继的MT实体确定该MT实体发生移动,或者,移动中继的MT实体确定该移动中继发生移动。In the embodiment of the present application, when the mobile relay moves, it can be understood that both the MT entity of the mobile relay and the DU entity of the mobile relay move. The method for the mobile relay to determine that the mobile relay has moved may be that the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the MT entity has moved, or the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
一种可能的实施方式中,在步骤401中,当移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围,则移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继发生移动。In a possible implementation, in step 401, when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
本申请实施例中,预设移动范围可以包括以下内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4或内容5中的至少一项。In this embodiment of the present application, the preset movement range may include at least one of the following content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
内容1:移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。Content 1: The TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
内容2:移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化。Content 2: The cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
内容3:移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备发生变化。Content 3: The access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
内容4:移动中继的地理区域信息发生变化。Content 4: The geographical area information of the mobile relay changes.
内容5:移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离。Content 5: The moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
下面通过情况1、情况2、情况3、情况4和情况5分别进行介绍。The following is introduced respectively through case 1, case 2, case 3, case 4 and case 5.
值得说明的是,下述情况1至情况5分别针对预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4和内容5中一项内容时进行介绍。当预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4和内容5中的多项(比如两项)的情况下:移动中继的MT实体可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的多项中的至少一项时,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围;或者,移动中继的MT实体可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的多项中的每一项时,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围,方式较为灵活,可以根据实际情况灵活设置。It is worth noting that the following situations 1 to 5 are respectively introduced when the preset movement range includes one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5. When the preset movement range includes multiple items (such as two items) in the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: the MT entity of the mobile relay can determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset It is determined that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when at least one of the multiple items within the movement range is determined; alternatively, the MT entity of the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies multiple items within the preset movement range. When each item is selected, the mobile relay movement is determined to meet the preset movement range. The method is more flexible and can be flexibly set according to the actual situation.
情况1,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。Case 1: The preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体所接入的小 区的TAC发生变化。举个例子,移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括第二TAC。第二TAC为第二小区的TAC。MT实体可以存储第二TAC。由于移动中继发生了移动,在移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息之后,移动中继的MT实体可能还会接收到第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括第一TAC。第一TAC为第一小区的TAC。移动中继的MT实体在第一TAC与第二TAC不同的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。The TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes. The TAC of the zone changes. For example, the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes the second TAC. The second TAC is the TAC of the second cell. The MT entity may store a second TAC. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message, and the first broadcast message includes the first TAC. The first TAC is the TAC of the first cell. When the first TAC and the second TAC are different, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within a preset movement range, or that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. Set the movement range.
情况2,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化。Case 2: The preset mobility range includes: the cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
移动中继所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化。举个例子,移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括小区标识#1。小区标识#1为第二小区的小区标识。由于移动中继发生了移动,在移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息之后,移动中继的MT实体可能还会接收到第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括小区标识#2。小区标识#2为第一小区的小区标识。移动中继的MT实体在小区标识#2与小区标识#1不同的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。The cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes. For example, the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes cell identification #1. Cell ID #1 is the cell ID of the second cell. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes cell identification #2. Cell ID #2 is the cell ID of the first cell. When the cell identifier #2 is different from the cell identifier #1, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved. Meet the preset movement range.
情况3,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备发生变化。Case 3: The preset mobility range includes: the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
移动中继所接入的接入网设备发生变化,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备发生变化。举个例子,移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括接入网设备的标识#1。由于移动中继发生了移动,在移动中继的MT实体接收第二广播消息之后,移动中继的MT实体可能还会接收到第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括接入网设备的标识#2。移动中继的MT实体在接入网设备的标识#2与接入网设备的标识#1不同的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。The access network equipment connected to the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the access network equipment connected to the MT entity of the mobile relay changes. For example, the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, and the second broadcast message includes the identification #1 of the access network device. Since the mobile relay has moved, after the MT entity of the mobile relay receives the second broadcast message, the MT entity of the mobile relay may also receive the first broadcast message. The first broadcast message includes the identification of the access network device# 2. When the identifier #2 of the access network device is different from the identifier #1 of the access network device, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range. , or it is said that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
情况4,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的地理区域信息发生变化。Case 4: The preset movement range includes: the geographical area information of the mobile relay changes.
移动中继的地理区域的信息发生变化,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体所在的地理区域的信息发生变化。举个例子,移动中继位于地理区域信息#1对应的位置时,移动中继的MT实体发起定位流程,从核心网获取移动中继当前所在的地理位置为地理区域信息#1。由于移动中继发生了移动,因此,当移动中继的MT实体再次发起定位流程时,从核心网获取移动中继当前所在的地理位置可能为地理区域信息#2。移动中继的MT实体在地理区域信息#2与地理区域信息#1不同的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。The information on the geographical area of the mobile relay changes, which may mean that the information on the geographical area where the MT entity of the mobile relay is located changes. For example, when the mobile relay is located at the location corresponding to geographical area information #1, the MT entity of the mobile relay initiates a positioning process and obtains the current geographical location of the mobile relay from the core network as geographical area information #1. Since the mobile relay has moved, when the MT entity of the mobile relay initiates the positioning process again, the current geographical location of the mobile relay obtained from the core network may be geographical area information #2. When the geographical area information #2 is different from the geographical area information #1, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved. The movement meets the preset movement range.
情况5,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离。Case 5, the preset movement range includes: the movement distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance.
移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离,可以是指,移动中继的MT实体的移动距离大于预设距离。预设距离可以为一个经验值,该预设距离可以与预设移动范围相关。比如,当移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离,则移动中继很有可能已经移出了当前所接入的接入网设备(或当前接入的接入网设备的小区,或当前对应的TAC,或当前所属的地理区域)的覆盖范围。The moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, which may mean that the moving distance of the MT entity of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance. The preset distance may be an experience value, and the preset distance may be related to the preset movement range. For example, when the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, the mobile relay is likely to have moved out of the currently accessed access network device (or the cell of the currently accessed access network device, or the current corresponding TAC, or the geographic area to which it currently belongs).
举个例子,预设距离可以设置为1000米。移动中继的MT实体可以通过触发定位流程查询到移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离,或者由移动中继的MT实体推断出移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离(比如根据历史数据推断),或者通过其它设备上的检测装置检测到移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离并通知移动中继的MT实体,或者由其它设备推断 出移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离并通知移动中继的MT实体。在移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动距离大于预设距离的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动,或者称移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。For example, the preset distance can be set to 1000 meters. The MT entity of the mobile relay can query and find out that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance by triggering the positioning process, or the MT entity of the mobile relay can infer that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance (such as inference based on historical data). ), or the detection device on other equipment detects that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance and notifies the MT entity of the mobile relay, or it is inferred by other equipment The moving distance out of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance and the MT entity of the mobile relay is notified. When the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the moving distance of the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance, it determines that the mobile relay has moved, or that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or that the mobile relay has moved The movement satisfies the preset movement range.
又一种可能的实施方式中的,当移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,则移动中继的MT实体可以不向DU实体发送MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC。或者,移动中继的MT实体可以将此类情况归属为移动中继确定移动中继未发生移动,或者移动中继未发生满足预设移动范围的移动的情况。In another possible implementation, when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay may not send the access of the MT entity to the DU entity. TAC of the cell where the network device is located. Alternatively, the MT entity of the mobile relay may attribute such a situation to a situation where the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved, or that the mobile relay has not moved within a preset movement range.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4和内容5中一项内容的情况下:当移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围中的内容,则移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围。In a possible implementation, when the preset movement range includes one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay If the movement does not meet the content in the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。这种情况下,当移动中继的MT实体确定接入的小区的TAC未发生变化,有可能移动中继的移动量较小,这种情况下,移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,可以允许移动中继的MT实体不向DU实体发送MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,如此,可以避免移动中继的MT实体频繁向DU实体发送中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,降低信令消耗量。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay changes. In this case, when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, it is possible that the movement amount of the mobile relay is small. In this case, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the mobile relay has not changed. If the mobility does not meet the preset mobility range, the MT entity of the mobile relay can be allowed not to send the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses to the DU entity. In this way, the MT entity of the mobile relay can be prevented from frequently sending the TAC to the DU entity. The TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the relay MT entity reduces signaling consumption.
在又一种可能的实施方式中,在预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4和内容5中多项内容的情况下:当移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围中的每一项内容,则移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围。换句话说,只要满足预设移动范围中的任一项内容,移动中继就可以确定其移动满足预设移动范围。In yet another possible implementation, when the preset movement range includes multiple contents in the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay If the movement of the mobile relay does not satisfy each item in the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range. In other words, as long as any item in the preset movement range is met, the mobile relay can determine that its movement satisfies the preset movement range.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化,且移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备发生变化。这种情况下,当移动中继的MT实体确定接入的小区的TAC未发生变化,且移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备未发生变化,移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,可以允许移动中继的MT实体不向DU实体发送MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC。再比如,当移动中继的MT实体确定接入的小区的TAC发生变化,但是移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备未发生变化,也可以允许移动中继的MT实体向DU实体发送MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,这种可以归属于移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围的情况。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses changes, and the access network equipment that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses changes. In this case, when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has not changed, and the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has not changed, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay MT entity If the movement of the relay does not meet the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay may be allowed not to send the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity. For another example, when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has changed, but the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has not changed, the MT entity of the mobile relay can also be allowed to send a request to the DU. The entity sends the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity. This situation can be attributed to the mobility of the mobile relay and satisfies the preset mobility range.
在又一种可能的实施方式中,在预设移动范围包括以上内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4和内容5中多项内容的情况下:当移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围中的至少一项内容,则移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,移动中继的MT实体可以不向DU实体上报MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC。这种情况下,移动中继的MT实体可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的多项中的每一项时,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围。In yet another possible implementation, when the preset movement range includes multiple contents in the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 and content 5: when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay If the movement of the mobile relay does not meet at least one of the preset movement ranges, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range. The MT entity of the mobile relay may not report the MT entity access to the DU entity. The TAC of the cell where the access network equipment enters. In this case, the MT entity of the mobile relay may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when determining that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range.
举个例子,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化,且移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备发生变化。这种情况下,当移动中继的MT实体确定接入的小区的TAC发生变化,但是移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备未发生变化,可以允许移动中继的MT实体不向DU实体发送MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区 的TAC。再比如,当移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继的MT实体接入的小区的TAC发生变化,且移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备发生变化,允许移动中继的MT实体向DU实体发送MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC。For example, the preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses changes, and the access network equipment that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses changes. In this case, when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the accessed cell has changed, but the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has not changed, the MT entity of the mobile relay may be allowed not to change. Send to the DU entity the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses. TAC. For another example, when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has changed, and the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has changed, the MT of the mobile relay is allowed to The entity sends the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity.
步骤402,移动中继的MT实体向移动中继的DU实体第一消息。第一消息包括第一TAC。Step 402: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a first message to the DU entity of the mobile relay. The first message includes the first TAC.
相对应的,移动中继的DU实体接收来自该移动中继的MT实体的第一消息。Correspondingly, the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first message from the MT entity of the mobile relay.
在步骤402中,第一消息中的第一TAC可以用于指示DU实体将第一TAC作为DU实体的小区的TAC。In step 402, the first TAC in the first message may be used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
由于步骤401中移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继发生移动,因此第一消息中携带移动中继的移动后的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC。Since the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved in step 401, the first message carries the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the moved MT entity of the mobile relay.
步骤402可以为上述步骤203的一种可能的实施方式。Step 402 may be a possible implementation of the above step 203.
本申请实施例中当移动中继在同一个接入网设备的覆盖区域内移动,比如上述步骤401中,移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继从该接入网设备的第二小区移动至第一小区。为了区分,本申请实施例中将第二小区的TAC称为第二TAC。由于在移动中继的MT实体接入第二小区的情况下,DU实体的小区的TAC可能为第二TAC,且移动中继的DU实体可能已经向该接入网设备上报了该DU实体的小区的TAC为第二小区的第二TAC,因此在移动中继的MT实体从该接入网设备的第二小区移动至第一小区之后,移动中继的DU实体可以指示接入网设备将该DU实体的小区的TAC由第二TAC更新为第一TAC。比如可以执行下述步骤403。In the embodiment of the present application, when the mobile relay moves within the coverage area of the same access network device, for example, in the above step 401, the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay moves from the second cell of the access network device to The first district. For the sake of distinction, the TAC of the second cell is called the second TAC in the embodiment of this application. When the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the second cell, the TAC of the cell of the DU entity may be the second TAC, and the DU entity of the mobile relay may have reported the DU entity's TAC to the access network device. The TAC of the cell is the second TAC of the second cell. Therefore, after the MT entity of the mobile relay moves from the second cell of the access network device to the first cell, the DU entity of the mobile relay can instruct the access network device to The TAC of the cell of the DU entity is updated from the second TAC to the first TAC. For example, the following step 403 can be performed.
步骤403,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送配置更新消息,配置更新消息用于将移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC更新为第一TAC。Step 403: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the access network device. The configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay to the first TAC.
相对应的,接入网设备接收来自移动中继的DU实体的配置更新消息。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the configuration update message from the DU entity of the mobile relay.
本申请实施例中配置更新消息的英文可以是gNB-DU configuration update,不申请不做限定。In the embodiment of this application, the English configuration update message may be gNB-DU configuration update, and there is no limit if it is not applied.
接入网设备侧应该存储有移动中继发生移动前的位置对应的移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC,该移动中继发生移动前的位置对应的移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC与第一TAC不同。接入网设备接收到配置更新消息之后,将移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC更新为第一TAC。The access network device side should store the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay corresponding to the position before the mobile relay moves, and the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay corresponding to the position before the mobile relay moves. Different from the first TAC. After receiving the configuration update message, the access network device updates the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay to the first TAC.
举个例子,移动中继初始位于位置1,位置1位于该接入网设备的第二小区的覆盖范围内,且移动中继在位置1处接入第二小区,移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC为与位置1对应的TAC,接入网设备侧存储的移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC为与位置1关联的TAC。之后,移动中继发生了移动,移动至位置2,位置2位于该接入网设备的第一小区的覆盖范围内,移动中继向该接入网设备上报第一TAC,以便接入网设备将移动中继的与位置1关联的TAC更新为与位置2具有关联关系的第一TAC。For example, the mobile relay is initially located at location 1, which is within the coverage of the second cell of the access network device, and the mobile relay accesses the second cell at location 1. The DU entity of the mobile relay The TAC of the cell is the TAC corresponding to position 1, and the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay stored on the access network device side is the TAC associated with position 1. After that, the mobile relay moved to location 2. Location 2 is located within the coverage of the first cell of the access network device. The mobile relay reported the first TAC to the access network device so that the access network device Update the mobile relay's TAC associated with location 1 to the first TAC associated with location 2.
又一种可能的实施方式中,在步骤403之后,接入网设备向移动中继发送配置更新消息的响应消息。配置更新消息的响应消息可以指示移动中继的DU实体的小区配置信息更新完成。In another possible implementation, after step 403, the access network device sends a response message to the configuration update message to the mobile relay. The response message of the configuration update message may indicate that the cell configuration information update of the DU entity of the mobile relay is completed.
本申请实施例中配置更新的响应消息可以是gNB-DU configuration update acknowledge, 不申请不做限定。In the embodiment of this application, the response message of the configuration update may be gNB-DU configuration update acknowledge, There are no restrictions if you don’t apply.
在步骤403之后,移动中继可以执行步骤404。After step 403, the mobile relay may perform step 404.
步骤404,移动中继发送第三广播消息。Step 404: The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
本申请实施例中,第三广播消息可以包括第一TAC和/或移动中继的DU实体的小区的标识。步骤404的内容可以参见前述步骤305的相关内容,不再赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, the third broadcast message may include the identity of the cell of the first TAC and/or the DU entity of the mobile relay. For the content of step 404, please refer to the relevant content of step 305, which will not be described again.
通过图3b可以看出,当移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继发生满足预设移动范围的移动,移动中继的MT实体可以向该移动中继的DU实体发送该移动中继的MT实体当前接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,以便移动中继的DU实体将移动中继移动后的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC确定为移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC,继而可以达到移动中继的DU实体的TAC随着自身的移动保持更新的效果。It can be seen from Figure 3b that when the MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, the MT entity of the mobile relay can send the MT entity of the mobile relay to the DU entity of the mobile relay. The TAC of the cell of the access network device currently accessed, so that the DU entity of the mobile relay determines the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity after the mobile relay moves as the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay TAC, which can achieve the effect of keeping the TAC of the DU entity of the mobile relay updated as it moves.
另一方面,移动中继发生移动,但宿主基站未变更的情况下,移动中继的DU实体可以请求接入网设备对移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC进行更新,从而可以保持宿主基站侧存储的移动基站的DU实体的小区配置信息的准确度。On the other hand, when the mobile relay moves but the host base station remains unchanged, the DU entity of the mobile relay can request the access network device to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay, thereby maintaining the host base station. The accuracy of the cell configuration information of the DU entity of the mobile base station stored on the mobile base station.
值得说明的是,由于本申请实施例中移动中继具有移动能力,当移动中继从一个接入网设备移动至另外一个接入网设备后,在移动后所接入的新的接入网设备中所执行的方案也可以参见上述图3a所示的方案,不再赘述。上述图3a和图3b所示的内容也可以结合使用,比如在上述图3a所示的方案中,步骤302之前也可以包括步骤401。It is worth noting that since the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application has mobility capabilities, when the mobile relay moves from one access network device to another access network device, the new access network device accessed after the move The solution implemented in can also refer to the solution shown in Figure 3a above, and will not be described again. The contents shown in Figure 3a and Figure 3b above can also be used in combination. For example, in the solution shown in Figure 3a above, step 401 can also be included before step 302.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c、图1d或图2中的至少一项所示的内容以及上述其它内容,图4a示例性示出了又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图。Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned FIG. 1a, FIG. 1b, FIG. 1c, FIG. 1d, or FIG. 2 and the above-mentioned other content, FIG. 4a exemplarily shows a flow chart of yet another possible cell information configuration method.
如图4a所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 4a, the method includes:
步骤501,移动中继的MT实体接收来自接入网设备一的广播消息a1。Step 501: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a1 from access network device one.
其中,广播消息a1包括接入网设备一的小区1的TAC、小区1的标识或接入网设备一的标识中的至少一项。小区1的TAC比如为TAC#2。The broadcast message a1 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 1 of access network device one, the identity of cell 1, or the identity of access network device one. The TAC of cell 1 is, for example, TAC#2.
广播消息a1中还可以包括该广播消息a1对应的小区支持移动中继的指示信息。The broadcast message a1 may also include indication information that the cell corresponding to the broadcast message a1 supports mobile relay.
步骤502,移动中继的MT实体进行小区选择,并选择小区1接入。Step 502: The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
一种可能的实施方式中,移动中继的MT实体可以根据广播消息中携带的是否支持移动中继的指示信息选择支持移动中继的DU实体的小区进行接入,比如移动中继的MT实体选择小区1接入。In a possible implementation, the MT entity of the mobile relay can select a cell that supports the DU entity of the mobile relay for access based on the indication information carried in the broadcast message of whether to support mobile relay, such as the MT entity of the mobile relay. Select cell 1 for access.
步骤503,移动中继的MT实体与接入网设备一建立RRC连接。Step 503: The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
在步骤503中,移动中继的MT实体可以向接入网设备发送RRC连接建立请求消息。RRC连接建立请求消息中可以携带用于指示发起RRC连接的是移动中继的指示信息。RRC连接建立请求消息可以包括RRC connection setup request。In step 503, the MT entity of the mobile relay may send an RRC connection establishment request message to the access network device. The RRC connection establishment request message may carry indication information indicating that the RRC connection is initiated by the mobile relay. The RRC connection establishment request message may include an RRC connection setup request.
进一步,接入网设备可以向移动中继的MT实体发送RRC建立完成消息,RRC建立完成消息用于指示RRC连接建立成功。Further, the access network device may send an RRC establishment completion message to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The RRC establishment completion message is used to indicate that the RRC connection is successfully established.
步骤504,移动中继的MT实体向核心网设备发送注册请求消息。Step 504: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
相对应的,核心网设备接收注册请求消息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the registration request message.
核心网设备可以包括AMF。注册请求消息可以携带用于指示注册网络的是移动中继的指示信息,继而核心网设备对移动中继的身份进行验证。注册请求消息可以包括N2message。 Core network equipment may include AMF. The registration request message may carry indication information indicating that the registered network is a mobile relay, and then the core network device verifies the identity of the mobile relay. The registration request message may include N2message.
步骤505,移动中继的MT实体注册成功。Step 505: The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备的MT实体在网络注册的过程与终端设备在网络设备进行注册的过程类似,在此不做过多阐述。In the embodiment of this application, the process of registering the MT entity of the access network device with the network is similar to the process of registering the terminal device with the network device, and will not be elaborated here.
步骤506,移动中继的MT实体发起会话建立,网络为移动中继的MT实体分配IP地址,移动中继可以使用该IP地址与管理设备进行交互。Step 506: The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment. The network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
步骤507,移动中继向管理设备发送消息a2,消息a2用于获取小区配置信息。Step 507: The mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device. Message a2 is used to obtain cell configuration information.
相对应的,管理设备接收来自移动中继的消息a2。Correspondingly, the management device receives message a2 from the mobile relay.
消息a2包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示管理设备无需为DU实体的小区配置TAC。Message a2 includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
步骤507的相关内容可以参见前述步骤201的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 507, please refer to the relevant description of step 201, and will not be described again here.
步骤508,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息a2的响应消息,消息a2的响应消息携带小区配置信息。消息a2的响应消息不包括TAC。Step 508: The management device may send a response message to message a2 to the mobile relay, where the response message to message a2 carries cell configuration information. The response message for message a2 does not include TAC.
相对应的,移动中继可以接收来自管理设备的小区配置信息。Correspondingly, the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
本申请实施例中,上述步骤507中,移动中继向管理设备发送消息a2可以是移动中继的MT实体向管理设备发送消息a2。上述步骤508中,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息a2的响应消息可以是管理设备可以向移动中继的MT实体发送消息a2的响应消息。再比如,上述步骤507中,移动中继向管理设备发送消息a2可以是移动中继的DU实体向管理设备发送消息a2。上述步骤508中,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息a2的响应消息可以是管理设备可以向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a2的响应消息。本申请实施例附图中以移动中继的DU实体向管理设备发送消息a2,管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a2的响应消息为例进行示意。相关内容可以参见前述描述,不再赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, in step 507, the message a2 sent by the mobile relay to the management device may be the message a2 sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay to the management device. In the above step 508, the management device may send a response message of message a2 to the mobile relay. The management device may send a response message of message a2 to the MT entity of the mobile relay. For another example, in the above step 507, the mobile relay sending message a2 to the management device may be the DU entity of the mobile relay sending message a2 to the management device. In the above step 508, the management device may send a response message of message a2 to the mobile relay. The management device may send a response message of message a2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay. In the drawings of the embodiment of this application, the DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device, and the management device sends a response message of message a2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay as an example. For relevant content, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
步骤509,移动中继的MT实体向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a3。消息a3包括TAC#2。Step 509: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends message a3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay. Message a3 includes TAC#2.
相对应的,移动中继的DU实体接收消息a3。Correspondingly, the DU entity of the mobile relay receives message a3.
步骤509可以在步骤508之后,也可以在步骤508之前,比如可以在步骤502之后,在步骤510之前的任一个时刻,也可以理解为,MT实体接入小区1之后便向DU实体发送消息a3。Step 509 can be after step 508 or before step 508. For example, it can be after step 502 or at any time before step 510. It can also be understood that the MT entity sends message a3 to the DU entity after accessing cell 1. .
步骤509的相关内容可以参见前述步骤302的相关描述,消息a3的相关内容可以参见前述第一消息的相关介绍(比如消息a3可以为前述第一消息),在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 509, please refer to the relevant description of the aforementioned step 302. For the relevant content of the message a3, please refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned first message (for example, the message a3 can be the aforementioned first message), which will not be described again here.
步骤510,移动中继的DU实体确定TAC#2为DU实体的小区的TAC。Step 510: The DU entity of the mobile relay determines TAC#2 as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
步骤511,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送消息a4,消息a4用于请求激活移动中继的DU实体的小区。消息a4中可以携带TAC#2。其中,该接入网设备可以是移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备一。Step 511: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a4 to the access network device. The message a4 is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay. Message a4 can carry TAC#2. The access network device may be access network device 1 to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses.
步骤511的相关内容可以参见前述步骤303的相关描述,消息a4的相关内容可以参见前述第三消息的相关介绍(比如消息a4可以为前述第三消息),在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 511, please refer to the relevant description of the aforementioned step 303. For the relevant content of the message a4, please refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned third message (for example, the message a4 can be the aforementioned third message), which will not be described again here.
步骤512,接入网设备一向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a4的响应消息。Step 512: The access network device sends a response message of message a4 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤512的相关内容可以参见前述步骤304的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 512, please refer to the relevant description of step 304, which will not be described again.
步骤513,移动中继发送广播消息a5。Step 513: The mobile relay sends broadcast message a5.
一种可能的实施方式中,广播消息a5包括TAC#2。步骤513的相关内容可以参见前述步骤305的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message a5 includes TAC#2. For the relevant content of step 513, please refer to the relevant description of step 305, which will not be described again.
步骤514,移动中继的MT实体接收广播消息a6,其中,广播消息a6包括的接入网设 备一的小区2的TAC、小区2的标识或接入网设备一的标识中的至少一项。小区2的TAC比如为TAC#3。Step 514: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a6, where the access network equipment included in the broadcast message a6 At least one of the TAC of cell 2 of device 1, the identity of cell 2, or the identity of access network device 1. The TAC of cell 2 is, for example, TAC#3.
移动中继可能处于移动状态,当移动中继从小区1移动至小区2,则移动中继可能接收到广播消息a6。继而移动中继需重新进行小区选择,比如可以选择小区2作为新的小区,移动中继可以接入小区2。The mobile relay may be in a moving state. When the mobile relay moves from cell 1 to cell 2, the mobile relay may receive the broadcast message a6. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 2 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 2.
步骤515,移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继发生移动。Step 515: The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
在步骤515中,移动中继的MT实体可能根据上述内容1、内容2、内容3、内容4或内容5中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动。In step 515, the MT entity of the mobile relay may determine that the mobile relay has moved based on at least one of the above content 1, content 2, content 3, content 4 or content 5.
在移动中继的MT实体根据上述内容1(移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化)、内容2(移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化)或内容3(移动中继的MT实体所接入的接入网设备发生变化)中的至少一项确定移动中继的MT实体发生移动的情况下,移动中继可以根据步骤514中接收到的广播消息a6中携带的信息确定移动中继发生移动,这种情况下,步骤515需要在步骤514之后执行。The MT entity in the mobile relay responds to the above content 1 (the TAC of the cell accessed by the mobile relay MT entity changes), content 2 (the cell identity of the cell accessed by the mobile relay MT entity changes) or If at least one of the contents 3 (the access network equipment accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes) determines that the MT entity of the mobile relay has moved, the mobile relay may use the broadcast received in step 514. The information carried in message a6 determines that the mobile relay has moved. In this case, step 515 needs to be executed after step 514.
在移动中继的MT实体根据上述内容4(移动中继的MT实体的地理区域的信息发生变化)或内容5(移动中继的MT实体的移动距离大于预设距离)中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动的情况下,步骤515与步骤514没有先后关系,比如也可以先执行步骤515,再执行步骤514,本申请实施例中不做限制。The MT entity in the mobile relay determines according to at least one of the above content 4 (the information of the geographical area of the MT entity in the mobile relay changes) or content 5 (the moving distance of the MT entity in the mobile relay is greater than the preset distance). When the mobile relay moves, there is no sequence relationship between step 515 and step 514. For example, step 515 may be performed first and then step 514, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
步骤515的相关内容可以参见前述步骤401的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 515, please refer to the relevant description of step 401, which will not be described again.
步骤516,移动中继的MT实体向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a7,消息a7包括移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC:TAC#3。Step 516: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends message a7 to the DU entity of the mobile relay. The message a7 includes the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay: TAC#3.
步骤516的相关内容可以参见前述步骤402的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 516, please refer to the relevant description of step 402, which will not be described again.
步骤517,移动中继的DU实体确定TAC#3为DU实体的小区的TAC。Step 517: The DU entity of the mobile relay determines TAC#3 as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
步骤518,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备一发送配置更新消息,配置更新消息用于将移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC从TAC#2更新为TAC#3。Step 518: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a configuration update message to the access network device 1. The configuration update message is used to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay from TAC#2 to TAC#3.
步骤518的相关内容可以参见前述步骤403的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 518, please refer to the relevant description of step 403, which will not be described again.
步骤519,移动中继发送广播消息a8。Step 519: The mobile relay sends broadcast message a8.
一种可能的实施方式,广播消息a8中可以包括TAC#3。步骤519的内容可以参见前述步骤404的相关内容,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message a8 may include TAC#3. For the content of step 519, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 404, and will not be described again.
通过图4a所示的实施例可以看出,移动中继接入接入网设备一的小区1,移动中继的DU实体确定DU实体的小区的TAC为小区1的TAC。当移动中继发生移动,接入接入网设备一的小区2,则移动中继的MT实体将小区2的TAC发送给移动中继的DU实体,移动中继的DU实体确定DU实体的小区的TAC为小区2的TAC。后续如果移动中继再发生移动,若移动至接入网设备一的与小区2不同的小区,则移动中继的MT实体可以再次将MT实体接入的小区的TAC发送给DU实体,以便DU实体更新DU实体的小区的TAC,该方案与步骤514至步骤519提供的方案类似,不再赘述。通过该方案,在移动中继移动的过程中,移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC可以动态更新,从而可以使网络侧根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所在的位置。It can be seen from the embodiment shown in Figure 4a that the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the DU entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the TAC of cell 1. When the mobile relay moves and accesses cell 2 of access network device 1, the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the TAC of cell 2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the DU entity of the mobile relay determines the cell of the DU entity. The TAC is the TAC of cell 2. If the mobile relay subsequently moves again and moves to a cell different from cell 2 of access network device 1, the MT entity of the mobile relay can again send the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity so that the DU entity The entity updates the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. This solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 514 to 519 and will not be described again. Through this solution, during the movement of the mobile relay, the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be dynamically updated, so that the network side can more accurately determine the terminal based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. The current location of the device.
下面请参阅图4b,如图4b所示,该方法包括:Please refer to Figure 4b below. As shown in Figure 4b, the method includes:
步骤601,移动中继的MT实体接收来自接入网设备一的广播消息a1。 Step 601: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a1 from access network device one.
步骤602,移动中继的MT实体进行小区选择,并选择小区1接入。Step 602: The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
步骤603,移动中继的MT实体与接入网设备一建立RRC连接。Step 603: The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
步骤604,移动中继的MT实体向核心网设备发送注册请求消息。Step 604: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
步骤605,移动中继的MT实体注册成功。Step 605: The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
步骤606,移动中继的MT实体发起会话建立,网络为移动中继的MT实体分配IP地址,移动中继可以使用该IP地址与管理设备进行交互。Step 606: The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment. The network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
步骤607,移动中继向管理设备发送消息a2。Step 607: The mobile relay sends message a2 to the management device.
步骤608,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息a2的响应消息。Step 608: The management device may send a response message of message a2 to the mobile relay.
步骤609,移动中继的MT实体向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a3。Step 609: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends message a3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤610,移动中继的DU实体确定TAC#2为DU实体的小区的TAC。Step 610: The DU entity of the mobile relay determines TAC#2 as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
步骤611,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送消息a4。Step 611: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a4 to the access network device.
步骤612,接入网设备一向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a4的响应消息。Step 612: The access network device sends a response message of message a4 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤613,移动中继发送广播消息a5。Step 613: The mobile relay sends broadcast message a5.
步骤601至步骤613可以参见前述步骤501至步骤513,不再赘述。For steps 601 to 613, please refer to the aforementioned steps 501 to 513, and will not be described again.
由于移动中继具有移动能力,因此移动中继可能处于移动状态,比如可能移动至接入网设备二的小区的覆盖区域内。移动中继从接入网设备一的覆盖区域移动至接入网设备二的小区的覆盖区域内之后可能执行如下内容:Since the mobile relay has the mobility capability, the mobile relay may be in a mobile state, for example, it may move to the coverage area of the cell of the access network device 2. After the mobile relay moves from the coverage area of access network device one to the coverage area of the cell of access network device two, it may perform the following:
步骤614,移动中继的MT实体接收广播消息a9。Step 614: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message a9.
其中,广播消息a9包括的接入网设备二的小区3的TAC、小区3的标识或接入网设备二的标识中的至少一项。小区3的TAC比如为TAC#4。The broadcast message a9 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 3 of access network device 2, the identity of cell 3, or the identity of access network device 2. The TAC of cell 3 is, for example, TAC#4.
移动中继可能处于移动状态,当移动中继从接入网设备一的小区1移动至接入网设备二的小区3,则移动中继可能接收到广播消息a9。继而移动中继需重新进行小区选择,比如可以选择小区3作为新的小区,移动中继可以接入小区3。The mobile relay may be in a moving state. When the mobile relay moves from cell 1 of access network device 1 to cell 3 of access network device 2, the mobile relay may receive broadcast message a9. Then the mobile relay needs to perform cell selection again. For example, cell 3 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 3.
值得说明的是,移动中继的MT实体在从接入网设备一切换至接入网设备二时,移动中继的MT实体可以是处于RRC连接态的。处于RRC连接态的移动中继的MT实体从接入网设备一的小区切换至接入网设备二的小区,并与接入网设备二之间建立RRC连接。该步骤在图4b中未显示。It is worth noting that when the MT entity of the mobile relay switches from access network device 1 to access network device 2, the MT entity of the mobile relay may be in the RRC connected state. The MT entity of the mobile relay in the RRC connected state switches from the cell of the access network device one to the cell of the access network device two, and establishes an RRC connection with the access network device two. This step is not shown in Figure 4b.
步骤615,移动中继的MT实体确定移动中继发生移动。Step 615: The MT entity of the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has moved.
步骤615的相关内容可以参见前述步骤515的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 615, please refer to the relevant description of step 515, which will not be described again.
步骤616,移动中继的MT实体向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a10,消息a10包括移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC:TAC#4。Step 616: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends message a10 to the DU entity of the mobile relay. The message a10 includes the TAC of the cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay: TAC#4.
步骤616的相关内容可以参见前述步骤302的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 616, please refer to the relevant description of step 302, which will not be described again.
步骤617,移动中继的DU实体确定TAC#4为DU实体的小区的TAC。Step 617: The DU entity of the mobile relay determines TAC#4 as the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
步骤618,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备二发送消息a11,消息a11用于请求激活移动中继的DU实体的小区的消息。消息a11可以包括TAC#4。Step 618: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message a11 to the access network device 2 currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The message a11 is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay. Message a11 may include TAC#4.
步骤618的内容可以参见前述步骤303的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 618, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 303, and will not be described again.
步骤619,接入网设备二向移动中继的DU实体发送消息a11的响应消息。Step 619: Access network device two sends a response message of message a11 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤619的内容可以参见前述步骤304的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 619, please refer to the relevant content of step 304, and will not be described again.
步骤620,移动中继发送广播消息a12。 Step 620: The mobile relay sends broadcast message a12.
一种可能的实施方式中,广播消息a12包括TAC#4。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message a12 includes TAC#4.
步骤620的内容可以参见前述步骤305的相关内容,不再赘述。For the content of step 620, please refer to the relevant content of step 305, and will not be described again.
通过图4b所示的实施例可以看出,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备一的小区1,移动中继的DU实体确定DU实体的小区的TAC为小区1的TAC。当移动中继发生移动,接入接入网设备二的小区3,则移动中继的MT实体将小区3的TAC发送给移动中继的DU实体,移动中继的DU实体确定DU实体的小区的TAC为小区3的TAC。后续如果移动中继再发生移动,若移动至与接入网设备二不同的接入网设备,则相关方案与步骤614至步骤620提供的方案类似,不再赘述。后续如果移动中继再发生移动,若移动至接入网设备二的其它小区,则相关方案与步骤514至步骤519提供的方案类似,不再赘述。通过该方案,在移动中继移动的过程中,移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC也会动态更新,从而可以使网络侧根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所在的位置。It can be seen from the embodiment shown in Figure 4b that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the DU entity of the mobile relay determines that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the TAC of cell 1. When the mobile relay moves and accesses cell 3 of access network device 2, the MT entity of the mobile relay sends the TAC of cell 3 to the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the DU entity of the mobile relay determines the cell of the DU entity. The TAC is the TAC of cell 3. If the mobile relay subsequently moves again, if it moves to an access network device different from the second access network device, the relevant solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 614 to 620 and will not be described again. If the mobile relay subsequently moves again and moves to another cell of the access network device 2, the relevant solutions are similar to those provided in steps 514 to 519 and will not be described again. Through this solution, during the movement of the mobile relay, the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay will also be dynamically updated, so that the network side can more accurately determine the cell based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. The current location of the terminal device.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c和图1d所示的内容以及上述其它内容,本申请实施例提供又一种可能的实施方案:Based on the content shown in Figure 1a, Figure 1b, Figure 1c and Figure 1d as well as the above other content, the embodiment of the present application provides another possible implementation:
接入网设备可以获取第一TAC,继而接入网设备向移动中继的DU实体发送第一TAC。相对应的,移动中继的DU实体接收到第一TAC。其中,第一TAC为移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。DU实体的小区的TAC为第一TAC。The access network device may obtain the first TAC, and then the access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay. Correspondingly, the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC. The first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses. The TAC of the DU entity's cell is the first TAC.
其中,接入网设备获取第一TAC的方式有多种,比如,接入网设备可以查询到移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC(比如接入网设备根据MT实体的标识查询到该MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC)。There are many ways for the access network device to obtain the first TAC. For example, the access network device can query the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses (for example, the access network device obtains the first TAC according to the MT The entity's identity is used to query the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses).
可以看出,由于接入网设备可以获取移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,继而接入网设备可以将移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC设置为DU实体的小区的TAC,从而网络侧可以根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所在的位置。It can be seen that since the access network device can obtain the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses, then the access network device can obtain the TAC of the access network device that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses. The TAC of the cell is set to the TAC of the cell of the DU entity, so that the network side can more accurately determine the current location of the terminal device based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device.
在图1a、图1b、图1c或图1d中的至少一项所示实施例以及上述其它内容的基础上,图5示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种小区信息配置方法的流程示意图。如图5所示,该方法包括:Based on the embodiment shown in at least one of Figure 1a, Figure 1b, Figure 1c or Figure 1d and the other contents mentioned above, Figure 5 exemplarily shows another cell information configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Process diagram. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
步骤701,移动中继向管理设备发送第一指示信息。Step 701: The mobile relay sends first instruction information to the management device.
由于管理设备不再为DU实体的小区配置TAC,因此其它设备(比如接入网设备)可以确定该DU实体的小区的TAC。也可以理解为DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,从而使管理设备可以不需要为DU实体的小区配置TAC,该步骤为接入网设备确定DU实体的小区的TAC奠定基础。Since the management device no longer configures the TAC for the cell of the DU entity, other devices (such as the access network device) can determine the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. It can also be understood that the DU entity sends the first indication information to the management device, so that the management device does not need to configure a TAC for the DU entity's cell. This step lays the foundation for the access network device to determine the TAC of the DU entity's cell.
步骤701为可选的步骤。步骤701的相关内容可以参见前述步骤201的相关内容,不再赘述。Step 701 is an optional step. For the relevant content of step 701, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 201, and will not be described again.
步骤702,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送MT实体的标识。Step 702: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends the identifier of the MT entity to the access network device.
相对应的,接入网设备可以接收MT实体的标识。Correspondingly, the access network device can receive the identity of the MT entity.
移动中继的DU实体在与接入网设备进行交互时,移动中继可以将MT实体的标识发送给接入网设备,以便接入网设备可以根据MT实体的标识查询出该MT实体接入的小区 的TAC。When the DU entity of the mobile relay interacts with the access network device, the mobile relay can send the identifier of the MT entity to the access network device, so that the access network device can query the access of the MT entity based on the identifier of the MT entity. community TAC.
本申请实施例中MT实体的标识可以理解为已经成功入网的移动中继的MT功能的标识,该MT实体的标识可以为通用公共用户标识(Generic Public Subscription Identifier,GPSI)、用户永久标识(Subscription Permanent Identifier,SUPI)、移动用户国际综合业务数字网标识(mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number,MSISDN)等。其中,ISDN是综合业务数字网(integrated service digital network,ISDN)的简称。PSTN是公共交换电话网络(public switched telephone network,PSTN)的简称。In the embodiment of this application, the identity of the MT entity can be understood as the identity of the MT function of the mobile relay that has successfully accessed the network. The identity of the MT entity can be a Generic Public Subscription Identifier (GPSI) or a permanent user identity (Subscription). Permanent Identifier (SUPI), Mobile Subscriber International Integrated Services Digital Network Identifier (mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number, MSISDN), etc. Among them, ISDN is the abbreviation of integrated service digital network (ISDN). PSTN is the abbreviation of public switched telephone network (PSTN).
步骤702为可选的步骤。Step 702 is an optional step.
步骤703,移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备发送第二指示信息。第二指示信息指示接入网设备为DU实体的小区配置TAC。Step 703: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends second indication information to the access network device. The second indication information instructs the access network device to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
相对应的,接入网设备可以接收第二指示信息。Correspondingly, the access network device may receive the second indication information.
一种可能的实施方式中,当接入网设备接收到第二指示信息之后,可以为DU实体配置TAC。比如当接入网设备未从该移动中继的DU实体接收到第二指示信息的情况下,可以不为该DU实体的小区配置TAC,从而可以使接入网设备在有需求时才会为DU实体的小区配置TAC,从而可以减少接入网设备的工作量。In a possible implementation, after the access network device receives the second indication information, the TAC may be configured for the DU entity. For example, when the access network device does not receive the second indication information from the DU entity of the mobile relay, the TAC may not be configured for the cell of the DU entity, so that the access network device can configure the TAC when necessary. The DU entity's cell is configured with TAC, which can reduce the workload of the access network equipment.
值得说明的是,本申请实施例中,步骤702和步骤703可以为一个步骤,比如移动中继的DU实体可以在一条消息中携带MT实体的标识和第二指示信息。步骤703为可选的步骤。It is worth noting that in this embodiment of the present application, step 702 and step 703 may be one step. For example, the DU entity of the mobile relay may carry the identity of the MT entity and the second indication information in one message. Step 703 is an optional step.
步骤704,接入网设备获取第一TAC,第一TAC为移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。Step 704: The access network device obtains the first TAC, which is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses.
由于移动中继的MT实体接入该接入网设备的第一小区,因此接入网设备侧会存储该移动中继的MT实体的标识与该MT实体接入该接入网设备的第一小区的TAC之间的对应关系,继而接入网设备可以从该对应关系中查询出该MT实体接入的该接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。Since the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the first cell of the access network device, the access network device side stores the identity of the MT entity of the mobile relay and the first cell of the MT entity that accesses the access network device. The corresponding relationship between the TACs of the cells, and then the access network device can query the TAC of the first cell of the access network device that the MT entity accesses from the corresponding relationship.
举个例子,由于移动中继的MT实体接入该接入网设备的第一小区,因此该接入网设备存储的该移动中继的MT实体的上下文中包括有指示该移动中继的MT实体接入该接入网设备的第一小区的TAC,接入网设备可以根据该MT实体的标识从该MT实体的上下文中查询出该移动中继的MT实体接入该接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。For example, since the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the first cell of the access network device, the context of the MT entity of the mobile relay stored by the access network device includes an indication of the MT of the mobile relay. The TAC of the first cell where the entity accesses the access network device. The access network device can query the context of the MT entity according to the identity of the MT entity to find out the TAC of the MT entity of the mobile relay accessing the access network device. TAC of the first cell.
值得说明的是,接入网设备获取第一TAC的方式有多种,比如接入网设备侧存储有用于指示DU实体的指示信息与包括该DU实体的移动中继的MT实体接入的第一小区的TAC的对应关系,这种情况下,接入网设备可以在确定需为移动中继的DU实体的小区配置DAC时,根据该用于DU实体的指示信息从该对应关系中查询出包括该DU实体的移动中继的MT实体接入的第一小区的TAC。其中,用于DU实体的指示信息可以为能够指示出该DU实体的信息,比如可以为DU实体的标识等。该实施方式中,移动中继的MT实体不需要向接入网设备发送MT实体的标识。It is worth noting that there are many ways for the access network device to obtain the first TAC. For example, the access network device side stores the indication information for indicating the DU entity and the third TAC accessed by the MT entity including the mobile relay of the DU entity. The corresponding relationship between the TAC of a cell. In this case, the access network device can query the corresponding relationship based on the instruction information for the DU entity when determining that the DAC needs to be configured for the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay. The TAC of the first cell accessed by the MT entity including the mobile relay of the DU entity. The indication information for the DU entity may be information that can indicate the DU entity, such as an identifier of the DU entity. In this implementation manner, the MT entity of the mobile relay does not need to send the identity of the MT entity to the access network device.
步骤705,接入网设备向移动中继的DU实体发送第一TAC,第一TAC用于作为DU实体的小区的TAC。Step 705: The access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell serving as the DU entity.
相对应的,移动中继的DU实体接收第一TAC。Correspondingly, the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC.
一种可能的实施方式中,在步骤705之前,还可以包括:接入网设备确定第一TAC为DU实体的小区的TAC。比如,接入网设备可以存储DU实体的小区的TAC为第一TAC 这一情况。In a possible implementation, before step 705, it may also include: the access network device determines that the first TAC is the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. For example, the access network device can store the TAC of the cell of the DU entity as the first TAC. This situation.
在图1a、图1b、图1c、图1d或图5中的至少一项所示实施例以及上述其它内容的基础上,图6a和图6b示例性示出了两种小区信息配置方法的流程示意图。Based on the embodiments shown in at least one of Figure 1a, Figure 1b, Figure 1c, Figure 1d or Figure 5 and the other contents mentioned above, Figures 6a and 6b exemplarily illustrate the processes of two cell information configuration methods. Schematic diagram.
如图6a所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 6a, the method includes:
步骤801,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备的第一小区。Step 801: The MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the first cell of the access network device.
步骤802,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体当前所接入的接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求激活移动中继的DU实体的小区。Step 802: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends a second message to the access network device currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The second message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
一种可能的实施方式中,第二消息不包括TAC。In a possible implementation, the second message does not include TAC.
又一种可能的实施方式中,第二消息可以包括上述MT实体标识和/或第二指示信息。相关内容可以参见前述步骤702和步骤703的相关内容,在此不再赘述。In another possible implementation, the second message may include the above-mentioned MT entity identification and/or second indication information. For relevant content, please refer to the relevant content of step 702 and step 703, which will not be described again here.
步骤803,接入网设备获取移动中继的MT实体接入的该第一小区的TAC:第一TAC。Step 803: The access network device obtains the TAC of the first cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay: the first TAC.
在步骤803中,接入网设备可以将获取的第一TAC确定为该移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC。In step 803, the access network device may determine the obtained first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay.
该第二消息中可以携带移动中继支持的小区配置信息中除所述第一TAC之外的其它信息中的部分或全部,比如第二消息中还可以包括管理设备为移动中继的DU实体的小区配置的小区标识等信息。该第二消息可以为F1建立请求,英文可以写为F1setup request。The second message may carry part or all of other information other than the first TAC in the cell configuration information supported by the mobile relay. For example, the second message may also include a DU entity whose management device is the mobile relay. The cell identifier and other information configured in the cell. The second message can be an F1 setup request, which can be written as F1setup request in English.
步骤804,接入网设备向移动中继的DU实体发送第二消息的响应消息。Step 804: The access network device sends a response message of the second message to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
第二消息的响应消息可以携带激活后的小区配置信息。比如,该第二消息的响应消息可以携带激活后的移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC:第一TAC。一种可能的实施方式中,第二消息的响应消息还可以包括激活后的移动中继的DU实体的小区的小区标识,该激活后的移动中继的DU实体的小区的小区标识可以包含该接入网设备的标识。The response message of the second message may carry the activated cell configuration information. For example, the response message of the second message may carry the TAC of the cell of the activated mobile relay DU entity: the first TAC. In a possible implementation, the response message of the second message may also include the cell identity of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay after activation, and the cell identity of the cell of the activated DU entity of the mobile relay may include the The identification of the access network device.
该第三消息的响应消息可以为F1建立响应,英文可以写为F1setup response。The response message of the third message can be F1 setup response, which can be written as F1setup response in English.
步骤805,移动中继发送第三广播消息。Step 805: The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
第三广播消息可以包括第一TAC和/或移动中继的DU实体的小区标识。当第三广播消息中包括第一TAC,由于移动中继可以在该移动中继的服务范围内进行小区广播,从而可以使位于该移动中继的服务范围内的终端设备根据接收到的广播消息接入该移动中继,且接入的终端设备可以根据第三广播消息确定出移动中继的TAC为第一TAC。图6a中以一个终端设备接收到该第三广播消息为例进行展示。The third broadcast message may include the first TAC and/or the cell identity of the DU entity of the mobile relay. When the third broadcast message includes the first TAC, since the mobile relay can perform cell broadcast within the service range of the mobile relay, the terminal device located within the service range of the mobile relay can make the broadcast message received The mobile relay is accessed, and the accessed terminal device can determine that the TAC of the mobile relay is the first TAC according to the third broadcast message. Figure 6a shows an example of a terminal device receiving the third broadcast message.
通过图6a所示的实施方式可以看出,当移动中继的DU实体向接入网设备请求激活该DU实体的小区时,接入网设备可以将移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC确定为该DU实体小区的TAC,并向DU实体发送该DU实体的小区的TAC,如此,移动中继初始进行小区激活时小区的TAC就可以配置为移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,从而可以使得网络侧可以确定接入该移动中继的终端设备的实际位置,提高网络对终端设备进行移动性管理的效率和准确度。It can be seen from the implementation shown in Figure 6a that when the DU entity of the mobile relay requests the access network device to activate the cell of the DU entity, the access network device can access the MT entity of the mobile relay. The TAC of the cell of the network device is determined to be the TAC of the cell of the DU entity, and the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is sent to the DU entity. In this way, when the mobile relay initially activates the cell, the TAC of the cell can be configured as the MT of the mobile relay. The TAC of the cell of the access network device that the entity accesses enables the network side to determine the actual location of the terminal device that accesses the mobile relay, thereby improving the efficiency and accuracy of the network's mobility management of the terminal device.
下面对图6b示出的实施例进行介绍。图6b中以移动中继发生移动,且移动后接入接入网设备的第一小区为例进行介绍。请参阅图6b,如图6b所示,该方法包括:The embodiment shown in Figure 6b will be introduced below. In Figure 6b, the first cell where the mobile relay moves and accesses the access network device after the movement is taken as an example for introduction. Refer to Figure 6b. As shown in Figure 6b, the method includes:
步骤901,移动中继的MT实体接入接入网设备的第一小区。Step 901: The MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the first cell of the access network device.
步骤902,接入网设备确定移动中继发生移动。 Step 902: The access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved.
一种可能的实施方式中,可以预先设置预设移动范围。在步骤902中,当接入网设备确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围,则接入网设备确定移动中继发生移动。In a possible implementation, a preset movement range can be set in advance. In step 902, when the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range, the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved.
举个例子,当接入网设备需判断移动中继是否发生移动,该接入网设备对应的预设移动范围可以包括上述内容1或内容2中的至少一项。For example, when the access network device needs to determine whether the mobile relay has moved, the preset movement range corresponding to the access network device may include at least one of the above content 1 or content 2.
当预设移动范围包括以上内容1或内容2中的任一项的情况下:接入网设备可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的该项内容的情况下,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围,或者说,接入网设备确定移动中继发生移动。When the preset movement range includes any of the above content 1 or content 2: the access network device can determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the content within the preset movement range. The relay movement satisfies the preset movement range, or in other words, the access network equipment determines that the mobile relay has moved.
当预设移动范围包括以上内容1和内容2的情况下:接入网设备可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的多项中的至少一项时,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围;或者,接入网设备可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的多项中的每一项时,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围,方式较为灵活,可以根据实际情况灵活设置。When the preset movement range includes the above content 1 and content 2: when determining that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies at least one of the multiple items within the preset movement range, the access network device may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies The preset movement range; alternatively, the access network device can determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when determining that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range, in a more flexible manner. It can be set flexibly according to the actual situation.
下面通过情况6至情况7分别进行介绍。其中,情况6中是以预设移动范围包括上述内容1为例进行介绍,情况7是以预设移动范围包括上述内容2为例进行介绍。The following introduces respectively through situations 6 to 7. Among them, case 6 is introduced by taking the preset movement range including the above content 1 as an example, and case 7 is introduced by taking the preset movement range including the above content 2 as an example.
情况6,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的TAC发生变化。Case 6: The preset mobility range includes: the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
举个例子,移动中继的MT实体从该接入网设备的第二小区移动至该接入网设备的第一小区。当接入网设备查询到移动中继的MT实体接入的小区的TAC发生了变化,比如根据MT实体的标识查询到MT实体接入的小区由第二小区的TAC变更为第一小区的TAC,则接入网设备确定移动中继发生移动,或者称接入网设备确定移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称接入网设备确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。For example, the MT entity of the mobile relay moves from the second cell of the access network device to the first cell of the access network device. When the access network device queries that the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has changed, for example, it queries based on the MT entity's identity that the cell accessed by the MT entity changes from the TAC of the second cell to the TAC of the first cell. , then the access network equipment determines that the mobile relay has moved, or the access network equipment determines that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, or the access network equipment determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range. .
情况7,预设移动范围包括:移动中继的MT实体所接入的小区的小区标识发生变化。Case 7: The preset mobility range includes: the cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay changes.
举个例子,当接入网设备查询到移动中继的MT实体接入的小区的小区标识发生了变化,则接入网设备确定移动中继发生移动,或者称接入网设备确定移动中继发生了满足预设移动范围的移动,或者称接入网设备确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围。For example, when the access network device queries that the cell identity of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay has changed, the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved, or the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved. A movement that satisfies the preset movement range occurs, or the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range.
又一种可能的实施方式中的,当接入网设备确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,则接入网设备可以不执行下述步骤904,即不向移动中继的DU实体发送移动中继的MT实体当前接入的小区的TAC:第一TAC。或者接入网设备可以将此类情况归属为移动中继确定移动中继未发生移动,或者移动中继未发生满足预设移动范围的移动的情况。In another possible implementation, when the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, the access network device may not perform the following step 904, that is, the access network device may not send a message to the DU entity of the mobile relay. The TAC of the cell currently accessed by the MT entity sending the mobile relay: the first TAC. Or the access network device may attribute such a situation to the situation where the mobile relay determines that the mobile relay has not moved, or that the mobile relay has not moved within a preset movement range.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在预设移动范围包括以上内容1和内容2中任一项内容的情况下:当接入网设备确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围中的内容,则接入网设备确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围。In a possible implementation, in the case where the preset movement range includes any one of the above content 1 and content 2: when the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the content in the preset movement range , the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range.
在又一种可能的实施方式中,在预设移动范围包括以上内容1和内容2的情况下:当接入网设备确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围中的每一项内容,则接入网设备确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围。In yet another possible implementation, in the case where the preset movement range includes the above content 1 and content 2: when the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet each of the contents in the preset movement range, Then the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range.
在又一种可能的实施方式中,在预设移动范围包括以上内容1和内容2的情况下:当接入网设备确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围中的至少一项内容,则接入网设备确定移动中继的移动未满足预设移动范围,接入网设备可以不向DU实体发送该MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC。这种情况下,接入网设备可以在确定移动中继的移动满足预设移动范围内的多项中的每一项时,确定移动中继移动满足预设移动范围。In another possible implementation, in the case where the preset movement range includes the above content 1 and content 2: when the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet at least one of the contents in the preset movement range, Then the access network device determines that the movement of the mobile relay does not meet the preset movement range, and the access network device may not send the TAC of the cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses to the DU entity. In this case, the access network device may determine that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies the preset movement range when determining that the movement of the mobile relay satisfies each of the multiple items within the preset movement range.
本申请实施例中接入网设备确定移动中继发生移动的相关内容可以参见前述移动中 继的MT实体确定移动中继发生移动的步骤的相关内容,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of this application, the access network equipment determines that the mobile relay has moved. For relevant content, please refer to the aforementioned mobile The relevant content of the steps in which the relay MT entity determines that the mobile relay moves will not be described again here.
步骤903,接入网设备获取第一TAC。Step 903: The access network device obtains the first TAC.
步骤903的相关内容可以参见前述步骤704的相关内容,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 903, please refer to the relevant content of step 704, which will not be described again.
步骤904,接入网设备向移动中继的DU实体发送第一TAC。Step 904: The access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
相对应的,移动中继的DU实体接收第一TAC。Correspondingly, the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC.
在DU实体的小区之前已经被配置过TAC的情况下,在步骤904中,接入网设备可以通过一条消息承载第一TAC,该消息比如可以为基站-CU配置更新消息。该基站-CU配置更新消息可以用于更新DU实体的小区的TAC。本申请实施例中基站-CU配置更新消息的英文可以写为gNB-CU configuration update。In the case where the DU entity's cell has been configured with a TAC before, in step 904, the access network device may carry the first TAC through a message, which may be, for example, a base station-CU configuration update message. The base station-CU configuration update message may be used to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. In the embodiment of this application, the base station-CU configuration update message can be written in English as gNB-CU configuration update.
步骤904中,DU实体接收到第一TAC之后,确定第一TAC为DU实体的小区的TAC。In step 904, after receiving the first TAC, the DU entity determines that the first TAC is the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
步骤904的相关内容可以参见前述步骤705的相关内容,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 904, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 705, which will not be described again.
步骤905,移动中继发送第三广播消息。Step 905: The mobile relay sends the third broadcast message.
一种可能的实施方式中,第三广播消息中可以包括第一TAC和/或DU实体的小区的标识。步骤905的相关内容可以参见前述步骤805的相关内容,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the third broadcast message may include the identity of the cell of the first TAC and/or DU entity. For the relevant content of step 905, please refer to the relevant content of the aforementioned step 805, which will not be described again.
通过图6b可以看出,当接入网设备确定移动中继发生满足预设移动范围的移动,接入网设备可以向该移动中继的DU实体发送该移动中继的MT实体当前接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC,以便移动中继的DU实体将移动中继移动后的MT实体接入的接入网设备的小区的TAC作为该移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC进行使用,继而可以达到移动中继的DU实体的TAC随着自身的移动保持更新的效果。It can be seen from Figure 6b that when the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved within the preset movement range, the access network device can send the DU entity of the mobile relay the information currently accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The TAC of the cell of the access network device, so that the DU entity of the mobile relay uses the TAC of the cell of the access network device that the MT entity after the mobile relay moves to access as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay. , which can achieve the effect of keeping the TAC of the DU entity of the mobile relay updated as it moves.
值得说明的是,由于本申请实施例中移动中继具有移动能力,当移动中继从一个接入网设备移动至另外一个接入网设备后,在移动后所接入的新的接入网设备中所执行的方案也可以参见上述图6a所示的方案,不再赘述。It is worth noting that since the mobile relay in the embodiment of the present application has mobility capabilities, when the mobile relay moves from one access network device to another access network device, the new access network device accessed after the move The solution implemented in can also refer to the solution shown in Figure 6a above, and will not be described again.
基于上述图1a、图1b、图1c、图1d、图5、图6a或图6b中至少一项所示的内容以及上述其它内容。图7示例性示出了又一种可能的小区信息配置方法的流程示意图。图7中以移动中继从接入网设备的小区1移动至小区2,小区的TAC为TAC#2,小区的TAC为TAC#3为例进行介绍。Based on the content shown in at least one of the above-mentioned Fig. 1a, Fig. 1b, Fig. 1c, Fig. 1d, Fig. 5, Fig. 6a or Fig. 6b and the other above-mentioned content. Figure 7 exemplarily shows a schematic flowchart of yet another possible cell information configuration method. In Figure 7, the mobile relay moves from cell 1 to cell 2 of the access network device. The TAC of the cell is TAC#2 and the TAC of the cell is TAC#3.
如图7所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 7, the method includes:
步骤1001,移动中继的MT实体接收来自接入网设备一的广播消息b1。Step 1001: The MT entity of the mobile relay receives the broadcast message b1 from the access network device one.
其中,广播消息b1包括接入网设备一的小区1的TAC、小区1的标识或接入网设备一的标识中的至少一项。小区1的TAC比如为TAC#2。The broadcast message b1 includes at least one of the TAC of cell 1 of access network device one, the identity of cell 1, or the identity of access network device one. The TAC of cell 1 is, for example, TAC#2.
广播消息b1中还可以包括该广播消息b1对应的小区支持移动中继的指示信息。The broadcast message b1 may also include indication information that the cell corresponding to the broadcast message b1 supports mobile relay.
步骤1002,移动中继的MT实体进行小区选择,并选择小区1接入。Step 1002: The MT entity of the mobile relay performs cell selection and selects cell 1 for access.
步骤1003,移动中继的MT实体与接入网设备一建立RRC连接。Step 1003: The MT entity of the mobile relay establishes an RRC connection with the access network device.
步骤1004,移动中继的MT实体向核心网设备发送注册请求消息。Step 1004: The MT entity of the mobile relay sends a registration request message to the core network device.
相对应的,核心网设备接收注册请求消息。Correspondingly, the core network device receives the registration request message.
步骤1005,移动中继的MT实体注册成功。Step 1005: The MT entity of the mobile relay is successfully registered.
步骤1006,移动中继的MT实体发起会话建立,网络为移动中继的MT实体分配IP地址,移动中继可以使用该IP地址与管理设备进行交互。Step 1006: The MT entity of the mobile relay initiates session establishment. The network allocates an IP address to the MT entity of the mobile relay. The mobile relay can use the IP address to interact with the management device.
步骤1007,移动中继向管理设备发送消息b2,消息b2用于获取小区配置信息。 Step 1007: The mobile relay sends message b2 to the management device. Message b2 is used to obtain cell configuration information.
相对应的,管理设备接收来自移动中继的消息b2。Correspondingly, the management device receives the message b2 from the mobile relay.
消息b2包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示管理设备无需为DU实体的小区配置TAC。Message b2 includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
步骤1008,管理设备可以向移动中继发送消息b2的响应消息,消息b2的响应消息携带小区配置信息。消息b2的响应消息不包括TAC。Step 1008: The management device may send a response message to message b2 to the mobile relay, where the response message to message b2 carries cell configuration information. The response message for message b2 does not include TAC.
相对应的,移动中继可以接收来自管理设备的小区配置信息。Correspondingly, the mobile relay may receive cell configuration information from the management device.
上述步骤1001至步骤1008的方案可以参见前述步骤501至步骤508的相关内容,在此不再赘述。For the solution of the above steps 1001 to 1008, please refer to the relevant content of the foregoing steps 501 to 508, which will not be described again here.
类似的,消息b2可以是移动中继的MT实体发送的,消息b2的响应消息可以是管理设备向移动中继的MT实体发送的。消息b2也可以是移动中继的DU实体发送的,消息b2的响应消息也可以是管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送的。本申请实施例附图中以移动中继的DU实体向管理设备发送消息b2,管理设备向移动中继的DU实体发送消息b2的响应消息为例进行示意。相关内容可以参见前述描述,不再赘述。Similarly, message b2 may be sent by the MT entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message b2 may be sent by the management device to the MT entity of the mobile relay. Message b2 may also be sent by the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the response message to message b2 may also be sent by the management device to the DU entity of the mobile relay. In the drawings of the embodiment of this application, the DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b2 to the management device, and the management device sends a response message of message b2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay as an example. For relevant content, please refer to the above description and will not be repeated again.
步骤1009,移动中继的DU实体向移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备一发送消息b4,消息b4用于请求激活移动中继的DU实体的小区。消息b4中可以不携带TAC。Step 1009: The DU entity of the mobile relay sends message b4 to the access network device 1 accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The message b4 is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay. Message b4 does not need to carry TAC.
步骤1009的相关内容可以参见前述步骤802的相关描述,消息b4的相关内容可以参见前述第二消息的相关介绍(比如消息b4可以为前述第二消息),在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 1009, please refer to the relevant description of the aforementioned step 802. For the relevant content of the message b4, please refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned second message (for example, the message b4 can be the aforementioned second message), which will not be described again here.
步骤1010,接入网设备一获取移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备一的小区的TAC:TAC#2。Step 1010: Access network device one obtains the TAC of the cell of access network device one that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses: TAC #2.
步骤1010的相关内容可以参见前述步骤803的相关描述,相关内容在此不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 1010, please refer to the relevant description of step 803, and the relevant content will not be described again here.
步骤1011,接入网设备一向移动中继的DU实体发送消息b4的响应消息。Step 1011: The access network device sends a response message of message b4 to the DU entity of the mobile relay.
步骤1011的相关内容可以参见前述步骤804的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 1011, please refer to the relevant description of step 804, which will not be described again.
步骤1012,移动中继发送广播消息b5。Step 1012: The mobile relay sends broadcast message b5.
一种可能的实施方式中,广播消息b5包括TAC#2和/或DU实体的小区的小区标识。步骤1012的相关内容可以参见前述步骤805的相关描述,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message b5 includes TAC#2 and/or the cell identity of the cell of the DU entity. For the relevant content of step 1012, please refer to the relevant description of step 805, which will not be described again.
步骤1013,移动中继的MT实体接入该接入网设备一的小区2。Step 1013: The MT entity of the mobile relay accesses the cell 2 of the access network device one.
小区2的TAC比如为TAC#3。The TAC of cell 2 is, for example, TAC#3.
移动中继可能处于移动状态,当移动中继从小区1移动至小区2,继而移动中继需重新进行小区选择,比如可以选择小区2作为新的小区,移动中继可以接入小区2。The mobile relay may be in a mobile state. When the mobile relay moves from cell 1 to cell 2, the mobile relay needs to re-select a cell. For example, cell 2 can be selected as a new cell, and the mobile relay can access cell 2.
步骤1014,接入网设备确定移动中继发生移动。Step 1014: The access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved.
在步骤1014中,接入网设备确定移动中继发生移动后,接入网设备可以确定出移动后的移动中继的MT实体接入的小区的TAC(相关内容可以参见前述步骤704中的相关描述),并将移动中继的MT实体移动后所接入的小区的TAC确定为DU实体的小区当前的TAC。In step 1014, after the access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved, the access network device can determine the TAC of the cell accessed by the moved MT entity of the mobile relay (for related content, please refer to the related information in step 704). Description), and determine the TAC of the cell that the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses after moving as the current TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
步骤1014的相关内容可以参见前述步骤902的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant content of step 1014, please refer to the relevant description of step 902, which will not be described again.
步骤1015,接入网设备一向移动中继的DU实体发送消息b7,消息b7包括TAC#3,也可以理解为消息b7中的TAC#3用于指示DU实体的小区的TAC为TAC#3。Step 1015: The access network device sends message b7 to the DU entity of the mobile relay. The message b7 includes TAC#3. It can also be understood that TAC#3 in message b7 is used to indicate that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is TAC#3.
消息b7可以为配置更新消息。该配置更新消息可以用于更新DU实体的小区的TAC。该配置更新消息的英文可以写为gNB-CU configuration update。Message b7 can be a configuration update message. The configuration update message may be used to update the TAC of the cell of the DU entity. The configuration update message can be written in English as gNB-CU configuration update.
步骤1015的相关内容可以参见前述步骤904的相关描述,不再赘述。 For the relevant content of step 1015, please refer to the relevant description of step 904, which will not be described again.
步骤1016,移动中继发送广播消息b8。Step 1016: The mobile relay sends broadcast message b8.
一种可能的实施方式,广播消息b8中可以包括TAC#3和/或DU实体的小区的小区标识。步骤1016的内容可以参见前述步骤905的相关内容,不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the broadcast message b8 may include TAC#3 and/or the cell identity of the cell of the DU entity. For the content of step 1016, please refer to the relevant content of step 905, and will not be described again.
通过图7所示的实施例可以看出,移动中继接入接入网设备一的小区1,接入网设备确定DU实体的小区的TAC为小区1的TAC。当移动中继发生移动,接入接入网设备一的小区2,则接入网设备将小区2的TAC发送给移动中继的DU实体,以通知DU实体该DU实体的小区的TAC为小区2的TAC。后续如果移动中继再发生移动,若移动至接入网设备一的与小区2不同的小区,则接入网设备可以再次将MT实体接入的小区的TAC发送给DU实体,以便DU实体更新DU实体的小区的TAC,该方案与步骤1013至步骤1016提供的方案类似,不再赘述。通过该方案,在移动中继移动的过程中,移动中继的DU实体的小区的TAC可以动态更新,从而可以使网络侧根据终端设备接入的移动中继的TAC较为准确的确定出该终端设备当前所处的位置。It can be seen from the embodiment shown in Figure 7 that the mobile relay accesses cell 1 of access network device 1, and the access network device determines that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the TAC of cell 1. When the mobile relay moves and accesses cell 2 of access network device 1, the access network device sends the TAC of cell 2 to the DU entity of the mobile relay to notify the DU entity that the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the cell. 2 TAC. If the mobile relay subsequently moves again and moves to a cell of access network device 1 that is different from cell 2, the access network device can again send the TAC of the cell accessed by the MT entity to the DU entity so that the DU entity can be updated. TAC of the cell of the DU entity. This solution is similar to the solution provided in steps 1013 to 1016 and will not be described again. Through this solution, during the movement of the mobile relay, the TAC of the cell of the DU entity of the mobile relay can be dynamically updated, so that the network side can more accurately determine the terminal based on the TAC of the mobile relay accessed by the terminal device. The current location of the device.
值得说明的是,当移动中继从一个接入网设备移动至另外一个接入网设备,比如从接入网设备一移动至接入网设备二,则移动中继的MT实体在从接入网设备一切换至接入网设备二时,移动中继的MT实体可以是处于RRC连接态的。处于RRC连接态的移动中继的MT实体从接入网设备一的小区切换至接入网设备二的小区,并与接入网设备二之间建立RRC连接。之后,移动中继和接入网设备所执行的方案可以与图7中步骤1009至步骤1012的方案类似,不再赘述。It is worth noting that when the mobile relay moves from one access network device to another access network device, such as from access network device one to access network device two, the MT entity of the mobile relay moves from access network device to access network device two. When network device 1 switches to access network device 2, the MT entity of the mobile relay may be in the RRC connected state. The MT entity of the mobile relay in the RRC connected state switches from the cell of the access network device one to the cell of the access network device two, and establishes an RRC connection with the access network device two. Afterwards, the solution executed by the mobile relay and access network equipment may be similar to the solution from step 1009 to step 1012 in Figure 7, which will not be described again.
需要说明的是,在本申请的实施例中,某一网元(例如:A网元)接收来自另一网元(例如:B网元)的信息,可以指A网元直接从B网元接收信息,也可以指A网元经其他网元(例如:C网元)从B网元接收信息。当A网元经C网元从B网元接收信息时,C网元可以对信息进行透传,也可以将信息进行处理,例如:将信息携带在不同的消息中进行传输或者对信息进行筛选,只发送筛选后的信息给A网元。类似的,在本申请的各实施例中,A网元向B网元发送信息,可以指A网元直接向B网元发送信息,也可以指A网元经其他网元(例如:C网元)向B网元发送信息。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, when a certain network element (for example, network element A) receives information from another network element (for example, network element B), it may mean that network element A directly receives information from network element B. Receiving information may also refer to network element A receiving information from network element B via other network elements (for example, network element C). When network element A receives information from network element B via network element C, network element C can transparently transmit the information or process the information, for example, carry the information in different messages for transmission or filter the information. , and only sends the filtered information to network element A. Similarly, in various embodiments of the present application, when network element A sends information to network element B, it may mean that network element A sends information directly to network element B, or it may mean that network element A sends information to network element B via other network elements (for example, network C). element) sends information to network element B.
本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application may be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
以及,除非有特别说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。And, unless otherwise specified, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects. degree.
需要说明的是,上述各个消息的名称仅仅是作为示例,随着通信技术的演变,上述任意消息均可能改变其名称,但不管其名称如何发生变化,只要其含义与本申请上述消息的含义相同,则均落入本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the names of the above messages are only as examples. With the evolution of communication technology, any of the above messages may change its name. However, no matter how its name changes, as long as its meaning is the same as the meaning of the above message in this application. , all fall within the protection scope of this application.
根据前述方法,图8为本申请实施例提供的装置的结构示意图,如图8所示,该通信 装置可以为移动中继MT实体、移动中继DU实体或接入网设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于移动中继MT实体的芯片或电路,比如可设置于移动中继DU实体的芯片或电路,再比如可设置于接入网设备内的芯片或电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述图2、图3a、图3b、图4a、图4b、图5、图6a、图6b或图7中任一项的相关方案中移动中继MT实体、移动中继DU实体侧或接入网设备侧的方法。According to the foregoing method, Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the communication The device may be a mobile relay MT entity, a mobile relay DU entity or an access network device, or may be a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in a mobile relay MT entity, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in a mobile relay DU entity. Chips or circuits, such as chips or circuits that can be installed in access network equipment. The communication device can be used to execute the mobile relay MT entity, mobile relay in any of the related solutions in Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7. Method on the DU entity side or access network equipment side.
该通信装置1801包括处理器1802和收发器1803。The communication device 1801 includes a processor 1802 and a transceiver 1803.
进一步的,该通信装置1801可以包括有存储器1804。图中存储器1804为虚线是进一步标识存储器为可选地意思。Further, the communication device 1801 may include a memory 1804. The dotted line on the memory 1804 in the figure further indicates that the memory is optional.
进一步的,该通信装置1801还可以进一步包括总线系统,其中,处理器1802、存储器1804、收发器1803可以通过总线系统相连。Furthermore, the communication device 1801 may further include a bus system, wherein the processor 1802, the memory 1804, and the transceiver 1803 may be connected through the bus system.
应理解,上述处理器1802可以是一个芯片。例如,该处理器1802可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the above-mentioned processor 1802 may be a chip. For example, the processor 1802 can be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or It can be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller unit, MCU), or a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chip.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1802中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器1802中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1804,处理器1802读取存储器1804中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。During the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor 1802 . The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor 1802. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory 1804. The processor 1802 reads the information in the memory 1804 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器1802可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor 1802 in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components. . Each method, step and logical block diagram disclosed in the embodiment of this application can be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器1804可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。本申请实施例中的存储器的相关描述可以参见前述内容,在此不再赘述。It can be understood that the memory 1804 in the embodiment of the present application can be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memories. For relevant descriptions of the memory in the embodiments of the present application, please refer to the foregoing content and will not be described again here.
当通信装置1801为上述移动中继的MT实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:When the communication device 1801 is the MT entity of the above-mentioned mobile relay, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803:
接收来自接入网设备的第一TAC,第一TAC为MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。向DU实体发送第一TAC;第一TAC用于作为DU实体的小区的TAC。 Receive a first TAC from the access network device, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses. A first TAC is sent to the DU entity; the first TAC is for the TAC of the cell that is the DU entity.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继MT实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向DU实体发送第一消息,第一消息包括第一TAC,第一TAC用于指示DU实体将第一TAC作为DU实体的小区的TAC。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send a first message to the DU entity, where the first message includes the first TAC, the first The TAC is used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继MT实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向DU实体发送第一TAC之前,确定移动中继发生移动。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: before sending the first TAC to the DU entity, determine that the mobile relay has moved.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继MT实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:根据TAC、小区标识、接入网设备、地理区域信息,或移动距离中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: according to the TAC, cell identity, access network equipment, geographical area information, or movement distance At least one of determines that the mobile relay has moved.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继MT实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:接收第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括第二TAC、第二小区的标识或第二小区对应的接入网设备的标识。接收第二广播消息之后,MT实体接收第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括第一TAC、第一小区的标识或第一小区对应的接入网设备的标识。在确定满足以下内容中的至少一项的情况下,确定移动中继发生移动:In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receiving a second broadcast message, where the second broadcast message includes the second TAC, the second cell The identifier or the identifier of the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell. After receiving the second broadcast message, the MT entity receives the first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes the first TAC, the identity of the first cell, or the identity of the access network device corresponding to the first cell. When it is determined that at least one of the following contents is satisfied, it is determined that the mobile relay has moved:
第一TAC与第二TAC不同;The first TAC is different from the second TAC;
第一小区的标识与第二小区的标识不同;或,The identity of the first cell is different from the identity of the second cell; or,
第一小区对应的接入网设备与第二小区对应的接入网设备不同。The access network equipment corresponding to the first cell is different from the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继MT实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:接收第二广播消息之后,存储第二TAC、第二小区的标识或第二小区对应的接入网设备的标识。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: after receiving the second broadcast message, store the second TAC, the identity of the second cell, or The identifier of the access network equipment corresponding to the second cell.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继MT实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向管理设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示管理设备无需为DU实体的小区配置TAC。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay MT entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send the first indication information to the management device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the management device There is no need to configure TAC for the DU entity's cell.
当通信装置1801为上述移动中继DU实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:从MT实体接收第一TAC,第一TAC为MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。向接入网设备发送第一TAC,其中,DU实体的小区的TAC为第一TAC。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay DU entity, the processor 1802 is configured to perform through the transceiver 1803: receiving the first TAC from the MT entity, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity. . Send the first TAC to the access network device, where the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the first TAC.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继DU实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向接入网设备发送第三消息,第三消息包括第一TAC,第三消息用于请求激活DU实体的小区。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay DU entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send a third message to the access network device, where the third message includes the first TAC, The third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继DU实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:从MT实体接收第一TAC之后,将第一TAC确定为DU实体的小区的TAC。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay DU entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: after receiving the first TAC from the MT entity, determine the first TAC as the DU entity. The TAC of the community.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继DU实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向管理设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示管理设备无需为DU实体的小区配置TAC。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay DU entity, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send the first indication information to the management device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the management device There is no need to configure TAC for the DU entity's cell.
当通信装置1801为上述接入网设备,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:接收来自移动中继的DU实体的第三消息,第三消息用于请求激活DU实体的小区,第三消息包括第一TAC,DU实体的小区的TAC为第一TAC。向移动中继的DU实体返回第三消息的响应消息,第三消息的响应消息用于指示DU实体的小区已激活。其中,移动中继处于 移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。When the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to perform through the transceiver 1803: receiving a third message from the DU entity of the mobile relay, the third message is used to request activation of the cell of the DU entity, the third message The TAC of the cell including the first TAC and DU entity is the first TAC. A response message of the third message is returned to the DU entity of the mobile relay, where the response message of the third message is used to indicate that the cell of the DU entity has been activated. Among them, mobile relay is in The mobile relay is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
又一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继,比如为移动中继的DU实体,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向接入网设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示接入网设备为DU实体的小区配置TAC。接收来自接入网设备的第一TAC,第一TAC用于作为DU实体的小区的TAC。其中,移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。In another possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, such as a DU entity of the mobile relay, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: send the second indication information to the access network device, The second indication information instructs the access network device to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity. A first TAC is received from the access network device, the first TAC is for the TAC of the cell that is the DU entity. Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:接收来自接入网设备的第一TAC之前,向接入网设备发送MT实体的标识;MT实体的标识用于确定第一TAC。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: before receiving the first TAC from the access network device, send the MT entity to the access network device The identity of the MT entity is used to determine the first TAC.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述移动中继,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息请求激活DU实体的小区,第二消息包括第二指示信息。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned mobile relay, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: sending a second message to the access network device, where the second message requests activation of the cell of the DU entity, The second message includes second indication information.
又一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述接入网设备,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:获取第一TAC,第一TAC为移动中继的MT实体接入的接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。向移动中继的DU实体发送第一TAC,第一TAC用于作为DU实体的小区的TAC。其中,移动中继处于移动的状态,且移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务。In another possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: obtain the first TAC, where the first TAC is an access point accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay. The TAC of the first cell of the network-connected device. The first TAC is sent to the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the first TAC is for the TAC of the cell serving as the DU entity. Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述接入网设备,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:接收MT实体的标识。根据MT实体的标识,获取第一TAC。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receiving the identity of the MT entity. Obtain the first TAC according to the identification of the MT entity.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述接入网设备,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示接入网设备为DU实体的小区配置TAC。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to perform through the transceiver 1803: receiving second indication information, and the second indication information indicates that the access network device is a DU entity. The cell is configured with TAC.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述接入网设备,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:接收来自移动中继的DU实体的第二消息,第二消息请求激活DU实体的小区,第二消息不包含TAC。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: receive a second message from the DU entity of the mobile relay, and the second message requests activation of the DU. For the entity's cell, the second message does not contain TAC.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述接入网设备,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:向移动中继的DU实体发送第一TAC之前,确定移动中继发生移动。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: before sending the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, determine that the mobile relay has moved .
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通信装置1801为上述接入网设备,处理器1802用于通过收发器1803执行:根据移动中继的MT实体接入的小区的TAC、小区标识、地理区域信息,或移动距离中的至少一项确定移动中继发生移动。In a possible implementation, when the communication device 1801 is the above-mentioned access network device, the processor 1802 is configured to execute through the transceiver 1803: according to the TAC, cell identity, and geographical area of the cell accessed by the MT entity of the mobile relay At least one of the information or the moving distance determines that the mobile relay has moved.
该通信装置1801所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念,解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述,此处不做赘述。For the concepts, explanations, detailed descriptions and other steps involved in the communication device 1801 related to the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application, please refer to the descriptions of these contents in the foregoing methods or other embodiments, and will not be described again here.
根据前述方法,图9为本申请实施例提供的装置的结构示意图,如图9所示,通信装置1901可以包括通信接口1903和处理器1902。进一步的,该通信装置1901可以包括有存储器1904。图中存储器1904为虚线是进一步标识存储器为可选地意思。通信接口1903,用于输入和/或输出信息;处理器1902,用于执行计算机程序或指令,使得通信装置1901实现上述图2、图3a、图3b、图4a、图4b、图5、图6a、图6b或图7中任一项的相关方 案中移动中继MT实体、移动中继DU实体侧的方法,或使得通信装置1901实现上述图2、图3a、图3b、图4a、图4b、图5、图6a、图6b或图7中任一项的相关方案中接入网设备侧的方法。本申请实施例中,通信接口1903可以实现上述图8的收发器1803所实现的方案,处理器1902可以实现上述图8的处理器1802所实现的方案,存储器1904可以实现上述图8的存储器1804所实现的方案,在此不再赘述。According to the foregoing method, Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, a communication device 1901 may include a communication interface 1903 and a processor 1902. Further, the communication device 1901 may include a memory 1904. The dotted line on memory 1904 in the figure further indicates that the memory is optional. The communication interface 1903 is used to input and/or output information; the processor 1902 is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device 1901 implements the above-mentioned Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure Interested parties in any of Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 The method on the mobile relay MT entity or mobile relay DU entity side in the case, or the communication device 1901 implements the above-mentioned Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 Methods on the access network device side in any of the related solutions. In this embodiment of the present application, the communication interface 1903 can implement the solution implemented by the transceiver 1803 of Figure 8, the processor 1902 can implement the solution implemented by the processor 1802 of Figure 8, and the memory 1904 can implement the memory 1804 of Figure 8. The implemented solution will not be described again here.
基于以上实施例以及相同构思,图10为本申请实施例提供的装置的示意图,如图10所示,该通信装置2001可以为移动中继MT实体、移动中继DU实体或接入网设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于移动中继MT实体、移动中继DU实体或接入网设备的芯片或电路。Based on the above embodiments and the same concept, Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the communication device 2001 can be a mobile relay MT entity, a mobile relay DU entity or an access network device. It may also be a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in a mobile relay MT entity, a mobile relay DU entity or an access network device.
该通信装置2001包括处理单元2002和通信单元2003。进一步的,该通信装置2001可以包括有存储单元2004,也可以不包括存储单元2004。图中存储单元2004为虚线是进一步标识存储器为可选地意思。The communication device 2001 includes a processing unit 2002 and a communication unit 2003. Further, the communication device 2001 may or may not include the storage unit 2004. The memory unit 2004 in the figure is dotted to further indicate that the memory is optional.
通信单元2003,用于输入和/或输出信息;处理单元2002,用于执行计算机程序或指令,使得通信装置2001实现上述图2、图3a、图3b、图4a、图4b、图5、图6a、图6b或图7中任一项的相关方案中移动中继MT实体、移动中继DU实体侧的方法,或使得通信装置2001实现上述图2、图3a、图3b、图4a、图4b、图5、图6a、图6b或图7中任一项的相关方案中接入网设备侧的方法。本申请实施例中,通信单元2003可以实现上述图8的收发器1803所实现的方案,处理单元2002可以实现上述图8的处理器1802所实现的方案,存储单元2004可以实现上述图8的存储器1804所实现的方案,在此不再赘述。The communication unit 2003 is used to input and/or output information; the processing unit 2002 is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device 2001 implements the above-mentioned Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or the method on the mobile relay DU entity side in any of the related solutions in Figure 6b or Figure 7, or the communication device 2001 implements the above-mentioned Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b , the method on the access network device side in any of the related solutions in Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication unit 2003 can implement the solution implemented by the transceiver 1803 of Figure 8. The processing unit 2002 can implement the solution implemented by the processor 1802 of Figure 8. The storage unit 2004 can implement the memory of Figure 8. The solution implemented by 1804 will not be described again here.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码或指令,当该计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图2、图3a、图3b、图4a、图4b、图5、图6a、图6b或图7中任一项所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code or instructions. When the computer program code or instructions are run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute Figure 2 , the method of any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 .
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图2、图3a、图3b、图4a、图4b、图5、图6a、图6b或图7中任一项所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable medium stores program code. When the program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute Figures 2 and 3a. , the method of any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 .
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统可以包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行图2、图3a、图3b、图4a、图4b、图5、图6a、图6b或图7中任一项所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。可选地,该芯片系统还包括存储器。存储器,用于存储计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)。处理器,用于从存储器调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有芯片系统的设备执行图2、图3a、图3b、图4a、图4b、图5、图6a、图6b或图7中任一项所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a chip system, and the chip system may include a processor. The processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute any one of the embodiments shown in any one of Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 method. Optionally, the chip system also includes a memory. Memory is used to store computer programs (also called codes, or instructions). The processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip system executes any one of Figure 2, Figure 3a, Figure 3b, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6a, Figure 6b or Figure 7 The method of any one of the embodiments shown in the item.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个移动中继以及接入网设备。移动中继包括MT实体和DU实体。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more mobile relays and access network equipment. Mobile relay includes MT entity and DU entity.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者 其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disc,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. A computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or Other programmable devices. Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g. Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center. Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or other integrated media that contains one or more available media. Usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks (SSD) )wait.
需要指出的是,本专利申请文件的一部分包含受著作权保护的内容。除了对专利局的专利文件或记录的专利文档内容制作副本以外,著作权人保留著作权。It should be noted that part of this patent application document contains content protected by copyright. The copyright owner retains copyright except in making copies of the contents of the patent document or records in the Patent Office.
上述各个装置实施例中第二通信装置与第一通信装置和方法实施例中的第二通信装置或第一通信装置对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The second communication device in the above device embodiments corresponds to the second communication device or the first communication device in the first communication device and method embodiments, and corresponding steps are performed by corresponding modules or units, such as communication units (transceivers). To perform the step of receiving or sending in the method embodiment, other steps except sending and receiving may be executed by the processing unit (processor). For the functions of specific units, please refer to the corresponding method embodiments. There can be one or more processors.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system", etc. used in this specification are used to refer to computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, a thread of execution, a program and/or a computer running on a processor. Through the illustrations, both applications running on the computing device and the computing device may be components. One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. Additionally, these components can execute from various computer-readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component, such as a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet, which interacts with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented as electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. accomplish. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。A unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separate. A component shown as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or it may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单 元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may The unit physically exists alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit. Functions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium when implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products.
以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, and all of them should be covered. within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种小区信息配置方法,其特征在于,适用于移动中继,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务,所述移动中继包括移动终端MT实体和分布单元DU实体,所述方法包括:A cell information configuration method, characterized in that it is suitable for mobile relays, the mobile relays are in a moving state, and the mobile relays are used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment, The mobile relay includes a mobile terminal MT entity and a distribution unit DU entity, and the method includes:
    所述MT实体接收来自接入网设备的第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC为所述MT实体接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的TAC;The MT entity receives the first tracking area code TAC from the access network device, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses;
    所述MT实体向所述DU实体发送所述第一TAC;所述第一TAC用于作为所述DU实体的小区的TAC。The MT entity sends the first TAC to the DU entity; the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MT实体向所述DU实体发送所述第一TAC,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the MT entity sends the first TAC to the DU entity, including:
    所述MT实体向所述DU实体发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一TAC,所述第一TAC用于指示所述DU实体将所述第一TAC作为所述DU实体的小区的TAC。The MT entity sends a first message to the DU entity. The first message includes the first TAC. The first TAC is used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the DU entity. The TAC of the community.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MT实体向所述DU实体发送所述第一TAC之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that before the MT entity sends the first TAC to the DU entity, it further includes:
    所述MT实体确定所述移动中继发生移动。The MT entity determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  4. 一种小区信息配置方法,其特征在于,适用于移动中继,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务,所述移动中继包括移动终端MT实体和分布单元DU实体,所述方法包括:A cell information configuration method, characterized in that it is suitable for mobile relays, the mobile relays are in a moving state, and the mobile relays are used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment, The mobile relay includes a mobile terminal MT entity and a distribution unit DU entity, and the method includes:
    所述DU实体从所述MT实体接收第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC为所述MT实体接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的TAC;The DU entity receives a first tracking area code TAC from the MT entity, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity;
    所述DU实体向所述接入网设备发送第一TAC,其中,所述DU实体的小区的TAC为所述第一TAC。The DU entity sends a first TAC to the access network device, where the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the first TAC.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法,还包括:The method of claim 4, further comprising:
    所述DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述管理设备无需为所述DU实体的小区配置TAC。The DU entity sends first indication information to the management device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  6. 一种小区信息配置方法,其特征在于,适用于移动中继,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务,所述移动中继包括移动终端MT实体和分布单元DU实体,所述方法包括:A cell information configuration method, characterized in that it is suitable for mobile relays, the mobile relays are in a moving state, and the mobile relays are used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment, The mobile relay includes a mobile terminal MT entity and a distribution unit DU entity, and the method includes:
    所述移动中继的所述DU实体向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述接入网设备为所述DU实体的小区配置跟踪区编码TAC;The DU entity of the mobile relay sends second indication information to the access network device, and the second indication information instructs the access network device to configure a tracking area code TAC for the cell of the DU entity;
    所述移动中继的DU实体接收来自所述接入网设备的第一TAC,所述第一TAC用于作为所述DU实体的小区的TAC;所述第一TAC为所述移动中继的MT实体接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。The DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the access network device, and the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity; the first TAC is the TAC of the mobile relay. The TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动中继的DU实体接收来自所述接入网设备的第一TAC之前,还包括:The method according to claim 6, characterized in that before the DU entity of the mobile relay receives the first TAC from the access network device, it further includes:
    所述移动中继的所述DU实体向所述接入网设备发送所述MT实体的标识;所述MT实体的标识用于确定所述第一TAC。 The DU entity of the mobile relay sends the identifier of the MT entity to the access network device; the identifier of the MT entity is used to determine the first TAC.
  8. 如权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法,还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述移动中继的DU实体向管理设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述管理设备无需为所述DU实体的小区配置TAC。The DU entity of the mobile relay sends first indication information to the management device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  9. 一种小区信息配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A cell information configuration method, characterized by including:
    接入网设备获取第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC为移动中继的移动终端MT实体接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的TAC;The access network device obtains the first tracking area code TAC, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device that the mobile terminal MT entity of the mobile relay accesses;
    所述接入网设备向所述移动中继的分布式单元DU实体发送所述第一TAC,所述第一TAC用于作为所述DU实体的小区的TAC;The access network device sends the first TAC to the distributed unit DU entity of the mobile relay, where the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity;
    其中,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和所述接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备获取第一TAC,包括:The method of claim 9, wherein the access network device obtains the first TAC, including:
    所述接入网设备接收所述MT实体的标识;The access network device receives the identification of the MT entity;
    所述接入网设备根据所述MT实体的标识,获取所述第一TAC。The access network device obtains the first TAC according to the identification of the MT entity.
  11. 如权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述接入网设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述接入网设备为所述DU实体的小区配置TAC。The access network device receives second indication information, and the second indication information instructs the access network device to configure a TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  12. 如权利要求9-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备向所述移动中继的DU实体发送所述第一TAC之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9-11, characterized in that before the access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, it further includes:
    所述接入网设备接收来自所述移动中继的所述DU实体的第二消息,所述第二消息请求激活所述DU实体的小区,所述第二消息不包含TAC。The access network device receives a second message from the DU entity of the mobile relay, the second message requests activation of a cell of the DU entity, and the second message does not include a TAC.
  13. 如权利要求9-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备向所述移动中继的DU实体发送所述第一TAC之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9-12, characterized in that before the access network device sends the first TAC to the DU entity of the mobile relay, it further includes:
    所述接入网设备确定所述移动中继发生移动。The access network device determines that the mobile relay has moved.
  14. 一种移动终端MT实体,其特征在于,所述MT实体位于移动中继,所述移动中继还包括分布单元DU实体;所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务;A mobile terminal MT entity, characterized in that the MT entity is located in a mobile relay, and the mobile relay also includes a distribution unit DU entity; the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used for Provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment;
    所述MT实体包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:The MT entity includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor is configured to execute through the communication interface:
    接收来自接入网设备的第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC为所述MT实体接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的TAC;Receive a first tracking area code TAC from the access network device, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the MT entity accesses;
    向所述DU实体发送所述第一TAC;所述第一TAC用于作为所述DU实体的小区的TAC。The first TAC is sent to the DU entity; the first TAC is for the TAC of a cell that is the DU entity.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的MT实体,其特征在于,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:The MT entity of claim 14, wherein the processor is configured to execute through the communication interface:
    向所述DU实体发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一TAC,所述第一TAC用于指示所述DU实体将所述第一TAC作为所述DU实体的小区的TAC。A first message is sent to the DU entity, where the first message includes the first TAC, where the first TAC is used to instruct the DU entity to use the first TAC as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity.
  16. 如权利要求14或15所述的MT实体,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于通过所述通信接口执行:The MT entity of claim 14 or 15, wherein the processor is further configured to execute through the communication interface:
    确定所述移动中继发生移动。 It is determined that the mobile relay moves.
  17. 一种分布单元DU实体,其特征在于,所述DU实体位于移动中继,所述移动中继还包括移动终端MT实体;所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务;A distribution unit DU entity, characterized in that the DU entity is located in a mobile relay, and the mobile relay also includes a mobile terminal MT entity; the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used for Provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment;
    所述DU实体包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:The DU entity includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor is configured to execute through the communication interface:
    从所述MT实体接收第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC为所述MT实体接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的TAC;Receive a first tracking area code TAC from the MT entity, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device accessed by the MT entity;
    向所述接入网设备发送第一TAC,其中,所述DU实体的小区的TAC为所述第一TAC。Send a first TAC to the access network device, where the TAC of the cell of the DU entity is the first TAC.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的DU实体,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于通过所述通信接口执行:The DU entity of claim 17, wherein the processor is further configured to execute through the communication interface:
    向管理设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述管理设备无需为所述DU实体的小区配置TAC。Send first indication information to the management device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  19. 一种分布单元DU实体,其特征在于,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和接入网设备之间提供中继服务,所述移动中继包括移动终端MT实体和分布单元DU实体:A distribution unit DU entity, characterized in that the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and access network equipment, and the mobile relay includes Mobile terminal MT entity and distribution unit DU entity:
    所述移动中继的DU实体包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:The DU entity of the mobile relay includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor is configured to execute through the communication interface:
    向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述接入网设备为所述DU实体的小区配置跟踪区编码TAC;Send second instruction information to the access network device, where the second instruction information instructs the access network device to configure a tracking area code TAC for the cell of the DU entity;
    接收来自所述接入网设备的第一TAC,所述第一TAC用于作为所述DU实体的小区的TAC;所述第一TAC为所述移动中继的MT实体接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的TAC。Receive a first TAC from the access network device, the first TAC is used as the TAC of the cell of the DU entity; the first TAC is the access to which the MT entity of the mobile relay accesses. The TAC of the first cell of the network-connected device.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的DU实体,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于通过所述通信接口执行:The DU entity of claim 19, wherein the processor is further configured to execute through the communication interface:
    向所述接入网设备发送所述MT实体的标识;所述MT实体的标识用于确定所述第一TAC。Send the identifier of the MT entity to the access network device; the identifier of the MT entity is used to determine the first TAC.
  21. 如权利要求19或20所述的DU实体,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于通过所述通信接口执行:The DU entity of claim 19 or 20, wherein the processor is further configured to execute through the communication interface:
    向管理设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述管理设备无需为所述DU实体的小区配置TAC。Send first indication information to the management device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the management device does not need to configure TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  22. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接口执行:An access network device, characterized by including a processor and a communication interface, the processor being configured to execute through the communication interface:
    获取第一跟踪区编码TAC,所述第一TAC为移动中继的移动终端MT实体接入的所述接入网设备的第一小区的TAC;Obtain a first tracking area code TAC, where the first TAC is the TAC of the first cell of the access network device to which the mobile terminal MT entity of the mobile relay accesses;
    向所述移动中继的分布式单元DU实体发送所述第一TAC,所述第一TAC用于作为所述DU实体的小区的TAC;sending the first TAC to the distributed unit DU entity of the mobile relay, the first TAC being a TAC of the cell of the DU entity;
    其中,所述移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述移动中继用于在终端设备和所述接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Wherein, the mobile relay is in a moving state, and the mobile relay is used to provide relay services between terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理器用于通过所述通信接 口执行:The access network device according to claim 22, wherein the processor is configured to use the communication interface to Oral execution:
    接收所述MT实体的标识;Receive the identification of the MT entity;
    根据所述MT实体的标识,获取所述第一TAC。Obtain the first TAC according to the identification of the MT entity.
  24. 如权利要求22或23所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于通过所述通信接口执行:The access network device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the processor is further configured to execute through the communication interface:
    接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述接入网设备为所述DU实体的小区配置TAC。Receive second indication information, where the second indication information instructs the access network device to configure a TAC for the cell of the DU entity.
  25. 如权利要求22-24任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于通过所述通信接口执行:The access network device according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the processor is further configured to execute through the communication interface:
    接收来自所述移动中继的所述DU实体的第二消息,所述第二消息请求激活所述DU实体的小区,所述第二消息不包含TAC。A second message is received from the DU entity of the mobile relay, the second message requests activation of a cell of the DU entity, and the second message does not include a TAC.
  26. 如权利要求22-25任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The access network device according to any one of claims 22 to 25, characterized in that the processor is also used to:
    确定所述移动中继发生移动。It is determined that the mobile relay moves.
  27. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,A communication device, characterized by including a processor and a memory,
    所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序或指令;The memory is used to store computer programs or instructions;
    所述处理器,用于执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令,使得权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法被执行,使得权利要求4-5中任一项所述的方法被执行,使得权利要求6-8中任一项所述的方法被执行,或使得权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法被执行。The processor is used to execute computer programs or instructions in the memory, so that the method described in any one of claims 1-3 is executed, so that the method described in any one of claims 4-5 is executed, The method described in any one of claims 6-8 is performed, or the method described in any one of claims 9-13 is performed.
  28. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和通信模块,所述处理模块用于通过所述通信模块执行如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求4-5任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求6-8任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processing module and a communication module, the processing module being configured to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 1-3 through the communication module, or to perform the method as claimed in claim 4- 5, or perform the method as described in any one of claims 6-8, or perform the method as described in any one of claims 9-13.
  29. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在被计算机调用时,使得权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法被执行,使得权利要求4-5中任一项所述的方法被执行,使得权利要求6-8中任一项所述的方法被执行,或使得权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions, and when called by a computer, the computer-executable instructions cause any one of claims 1-3 to The method is executed, so that the method described in any one of claims 4-5 is executed, the method described in any one of claims 6-8 is executed, or the method described in any one of claims 9-13 is executed. The method described is executed.
  30. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括通信接口和处理器:A chip system, characterized by including a communication interface and a processor:
    所述通信接口,用于输入和/或输出信令或数据;The communication interface is used to input and/or output signaling or data;
    所述处理器,用于执行计算机可执行程序,使得安装有所述芯片系统的设备执行如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求4-5任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求6-8任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法。 The processor is configured to execute a computer executable program, so that the device installed with the chip system performs the method as described in any one of claims 1-3, or performs the method as described in any one of claims 4-5. The method described in any one of claims 6-8, or the method described in any one of claims 9-13.
PCT/CN2023/076905 2022-03-25 2023-02-17 Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system WO2023179262A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210307059.XA CN116846445A (en) 2022-03-25 2022-03-25 Configuration method and device of cell information, readable storage medium and chip system
CN202210307059.X 2022-03-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023179262A1 true WO2023179262A1 (en) 2023-09-28

Family

ID=88099871

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/076905 WO2023179262A1 (en) 2022-03-25 2023-02-17 Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116846445A (en)
WO (1) WO2023179262A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111884777A (en) * 2019-05-03 2020-11-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN111901871A (en) * 2020-04-09 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Resource allocation method, device, communication node and storage medium
US20210051768A1 (en) * 2019-11-04 2021-02-18 Qian Li Multiplexing capability signaling for integrated access and backhaul (iab) nodes
CN113015154A (en) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-22 维沃移动通信有限公司 TAU method and equipment based on mobile IAB node
CN113196832A (en) * 2018-12-14 2021-07-30 夏普株式会社 Method and apparatus for cell barring in wireless relay network
CN113596739A (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-02 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, device and equipment

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113196832A (en) * 2018-12-14 2021-07-30 夏普株式会社 Method and apparatus for cell barring in wireless relay network
CN111884777A (en) * 2019-05-03 2020-11-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
US20210051768A1 (en) * 2019-11-04 2021-02-18 Qian Li Multiplexing capability signaling for integrated access and backhaul (iab) nodes
CN113015154A (en) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-22 维沃移动通信有限公司 TAU method and equipment based on mobile IAB node
CN111901871A (en) * 2020-04-09 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Resource allocation method, device, communication node and storage medium
CN113596739A (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-02 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, device and equipment

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED, AT&T, ERICSSON, T-MOBILE USA, SAMSUNG, DEUTSCHE TELEKOM: "Introduction of the IAB support in 5GS", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-1908395 WAS 7204 TS 23.501 CR1522_INTRODUCTION OF IAB_R3, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Sapporo, Japan; 20190624 - 20190628, 28 June 2019 (2019-06-28), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051756930 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116846445A (en) 2023-10-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022257549A1 (en) Network slicing method and device, and storage medium
WO2019196811A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2021017550A1 (en) Method, device and system for sending event report
JP7193060B2 (en) COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
WO2020199868A1 (en) Network access method and apparatus
JP2023504228A (en) Reporting of API capability changes based on Application Programming Interface (API) filters
WO2021023139A1 (en) Switching method and apparatus
JP2012518352A (en) Access mode processing method based on home base station
CN113746585A (en) Time service method and communication device
US20210144630A1 (en) Base station and data transmission method thereof for mobile communication system
WO2021238882A1 (en) Method and device for implementing service continuity
WO2022033543A1 (en) Relay communication method, and communication apparatus
WO2023179262A1 (en) Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system
EP3878239A1 (en) Method and system for supporting multiple fully separated network slices
WO2023179231A1 (en) Cell information configuration method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and chip system
WO2022155853A1 (en) Wireless communication method, communication apparatus and communication system
WO2021189269A1 (en) Method and apparatus for implementing service continuity
WO2023202220A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023061207A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system
WO2022252859A1 (en) Computing power resource scheduling method and related apparatus
WO2024032552A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023071866A1 (en) Indication information transmission method, message transmission method, and related apparatus
WO2023134431A1 (en) Timing method, communication apparatus, and communication system
WO2023246404A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023213159A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23773513

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1